RELEASE_NOTES revision 120256
1			SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES
2      $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1340.2.165 2003/09/16 20:50:42 ca Exp $
3
4
5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
7summary of the changes in that release.
8
98.12.10/8.12.10	2003/09/24
10	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing.  Problem
11		detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller
12		of Courtesan Consulting.
13	Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing.  This problem
14		is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration;
15		only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or
16		mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then
17		a problem may occur.  Problem noted by Timo Sirainen.
18	Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength.
19		Problem noted by Thomas Schulz.
20	Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows.
21	Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME
22		conversions.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
23	Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message,
24		not just header.  Problem noted by Axel Holscher.
25	Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP
26		transactions for broken clients which do not properly
27		announce 8 bit data.  Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich.
28	Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients.
29		Based on patch from Arne Jansen.
30	Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts.
31	Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when
32		encountering a comment that is too long.  Problem noted by
33		Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia.
34	Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO
35		checking.  It is used for IPv6 domain literals.  Patch from
36		Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd.
37	Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt.
38		Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU.
39	Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version
40		to make sure they match.
41	Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled
42		in the kernel.
43	When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error,
44		do not ignore the other recipients.  Problem noted by
45		Bart Duchesne.
46	CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which
47		lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text".  Problem noted by
48		Craig Hunt.
49	CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument.  Patch
50		from Jerome Borsboom.
51	CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl
52		and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc.  Patches from
53		Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo.
54	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an
55		improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the
56		mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered
57		after the close() and before the truncate().
58	MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a
59		stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout).
60		Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC.
61	Portability:
62		Port for AIX 5.2.  Thanks to Steve Hubert of University
63			of Washington for providing access to a computer
64			with AIX 5.2.
65		setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3.  Patch from
66			Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
67		Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH
68			on all operating systems.  Patch from Robert Harker
69			of Harker Systems.
70		Use strerror(3) on Linux.  If this causes a problem on
71			your Linux distribution, compile with
72			-DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it.
73	Added Files:
74		devtools/OS/AIX.5.2
75
768.12.9/8.12.9	2003/03/29
77	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
78		a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
79		remotely exploitable.  Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
80		Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
81		data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
82		includes DNS.
83	To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
84		8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
85		headers etc.  To turn off this conversion compile with
86		-DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
87	To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
88		performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
89		for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
90		Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
91		protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
92		To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults,
93		set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
94	Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail.  Problem noted
95		by Derek Wueppelmann.
96	Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not
97		have flock(2).  Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings
98		College London.
99	Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various
100		errors, e.g., looping processes.  Problem noted by
101		Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V.
102	CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host.
103		Patch from Andrzej Filip.
104	CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet').
105	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable
106		text file instead of the database map.
107	Portability:
108		Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the
109			builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux.
110			This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0
111			in which case the OS supplied version will be used.
112
1138.12.8/8.12.8	2003/02/11
114	SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
115		dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
116		comments are too long.  Problem noted by Mark Dowd
117		of ISS X-Force.
118	Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the
119		.cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in
120		parsing ident responses.  Problem noted by Yichen Xie of
121		Stanford University Compilation Group.
122	Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for
123		the selected queue group.  Problem noted by Jos Vos.
124	If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed,
125		log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated
126		MIME header".  Problem noted by Ian J Hart.
127	CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus
128		error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()".
129	MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether
130		a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not
131		a regular file.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
132
1338.12.7/8.12.7	2002/12/29
134	Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
135		across various connections.  This could cause session
136		oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
137		to erroneously allow a connection.  Problem noted
138		by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
139	Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue.  The MSP
140		only needs to relay all mail to the MTA.  Problem found
141		by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
142	Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100
143		characters in some logging statements.  Problem noted by
144		Erik Parker.
145	When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use
146		EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5
147		is used.
148	Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command.  Problem
149		noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
150	Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics
151		file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at
152		install time.  This fixes installation over NFS for some
153		users.  Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional
154		Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
155	Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data.  Problem noted by
156		Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic.
157	Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead
158		of 11 or higher.
159	Print early system errors to the console instead of silently
160		exiting.  Problem noted by James Jong of IBM.
161	Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless
162		of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v).
163		The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name"
164		to be run even if Runners=0.
165	Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing
166		connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE.
167		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
168	Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo
169		(/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available.
170	Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0.  Problem noted by
171		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
172	Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in
173		rulesets.  Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ.
174	Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting.  Problem noted
175		by John Majikes of IBM.
176	Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across
177		different processes.  Problem noted by Randy Kunkee.
178	Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection
179		times out during message collection.  Problem noted by Neil
180		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
181	Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with
182		qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems).
183		Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr..
184	If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>".  Problem
185		noted by Matthias Andree.
186	Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some
187		versions of tmac.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
188	Portability:
189		Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25).
190		Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken
191			and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires
192			an argument, hence the builtin version of
193			sendmail is used instead.  This can be overridden
194			by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0.  Problem noted by
195			Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
196		Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University
197			of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
198		Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson
199			of the TrustedBSD Project.
200		Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX
201			system from Michel Bourget of SGI.
202		Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman.
203		Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky
204			Corporation.
205		Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez.
206	CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks
207		is used.  Problem noted by Malte Starostik.
208	CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus
209		DNS entries to get around access restrictions.
210		Problem noted by Kai Schlichting.
211	CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default
212		to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost
213		which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or
214		::1 for IPv6).  If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then
215		you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment
216		in the file itself.
217	CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid
218		error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending
219		mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of
220		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
221	CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings.
222	CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to
223		relay.
224	CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included
225		in access_db.
226	CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell.
227	LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if
228		an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs.
229		Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
230	LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64.
231		Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole
232		Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
233	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
234		the mailbox fails.  Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
235		Sun Microsystems.
236	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3)
237		fails.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
238	SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
239		used for a command.  Problem noted by David Endler of
240		iDEFENSE, Inc.
241	New Files:
242		devtools/OS/Interix
243		include/sm/bdb.h
244
2458.12.6/8.12.6	2002/08/26
246	Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list
247		returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option.
248		Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost
249		and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together.
250		Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev.
251	Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set
252		to interactive.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
253		Courtesan Consulting.
254	Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group
255		even if some recipients are deleted or invalid.  Problem
256		found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
257	Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected
258		from the SMTP client.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
259		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
260	Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to
261		install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the
262		confMSP_STFILE devtools variable.  Requested by Jeff
263		Earickson of Colby College.
264	Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails
265		during a delivery attempt.  Patch from Todd C. Miller of
266		Courtesan Consulting.
267	Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for
268		SMTP AUTH.  Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH.
269	Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries
270		restart interrupted system calls.  Problem noted by Luiz
271		Henrique Duma of BSIOne.
272	Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using
273		execve().
274	Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may
275		cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem
276		noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
277	If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up
278		the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set.  This
279		allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with
280		spammers without tipping them off.  Problem noted by Neil
281		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
282	If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data,
283		e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are
284		supposed for addresses on the header content.
285	Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset.
286	Portability:
287		Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple
288			copying of the variable argument va_list.  Based on
289			fix from Scott Walters.
290		Fix NSD map open bug.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
291		Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell
292			list.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
293		Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0).
294			NETISO support has been dropped.
295	CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect
296		to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT.
297		These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only
298		being activated in check_relay.  This change has been made to
299		avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts
300		"450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR
301		record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled.  However, this
302		modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address
303		is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain
304		name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed
305		such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored.  The original
306		change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern
307		Illinois University, the side effect has been found by
308		Stefaan Van Hoornick.
309	CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses
310		using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}.
311		Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
312		University.
313	CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups.
314		Fix from Andrzej Filip.
315	CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page
316		(etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
317	LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a
318		NULL pointer.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
319	LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls.  Based
320		on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
321		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
322	New Files:
323		contrib/etrn.0
324
3258.12.5/8.12.5	2002/06/25
326	SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
327		specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
328		file and a rogue DNS server is queried.  None of the
329		sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
330		they are not vulnerable.  Problem noted independently by
331		Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
332	Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
333		map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
334		with rogue DNS servers.
335	Require a suboption when setting the Milter option.  Problem noted
336		by Bryan Costales.
337	Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
338		DirectSubmissionModifiers.  Problem noted by Bryan
339		Costales.
340	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
341		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
342		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
343		Polytechnic Institute.
344	Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
345		file onto disk.  From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
346	Portability:
347		Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
348			to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
349			rmail and vacation.  Problem noted by Kevin
350			A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
351		NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again.  Unless
352			the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
353			8.13 will change the default locking method to
354			fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later.  You may
355			want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
356			-DHASFLOCK=0.  Be sure to update other sendmail
357			related programs to match locking techniques.
358
3598.12.4/8.12.4	2002/06/03
360	SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
361		can leave systems open to a local denial of service
362		attack.  Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
363		section of the top level README for more information.
364		Problem noted by lumpy.
365	Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
366		instead of 0644.
367	Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
368		from 0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
369		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
370	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
371		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
372		Purdue University.
373	Expand macros before passing them to libmilter.  Problem noted
374		by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
375		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
376	Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
377		replaces the body of a message.  Problem noted by Gisle Aas
378		of Active State.
379	Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
380		initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554.  Patches
381		from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
382	Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
383		inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
384		is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed.  Based on
385		patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
386	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
387		is rejected anyway.  Noted by Chris Loelke.
388	Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page.  Requested
389		by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
390	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
391		or the queue.
392	Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
393		user who started sendmail.
394	If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
395		the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space.  Suggested
396		by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
397	Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
398		if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
399		LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
400		are set.  Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
401		Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
402	Portability:
403		Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
404			be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
405			This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
406		Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
407			non-compliant.  Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
408			Charles University in Prague.
409		The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
410			memory.
411	CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
412		Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
413	CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
414		FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
415		to be misaddressed.  Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
416	CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
417		fail for AAAA queries.  Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
418	CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
419		the sender address.  This allows locally submitted mail to
420		be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
421		and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself.  Problem
422		noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
423	CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
424		macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used.  Problem
425		noted by Bryan Costales.
426	CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
427		matches are found.  Fix from Andrzej Filip.
428	CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message.  Suggested
429		by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
430	CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2.  Contributed by
431		Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
432	CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
433		match dnsbl change.
434	DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
435		confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
436		installing the sendmail statistics file.
437	LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
438		a user's filter starts other applications.
439	LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
440		functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
441	MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
442		0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
443		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
444	SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
445		Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
446	VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
447		bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses.  Problem
448		noted by Bryan Costales.
449	New Files:
450		cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4
451
4528.12.3/8.12.3	2002/04/05
453	NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
454		are used.  In previous versions this could cause mail
455		not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
456		by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
457		into the right place.  Some precautions have been taken
458		to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
459		sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
460		may store the path of data files in queue files.  Hence
461		queue files should not be moved unless those internals
462		are understood and the integrity of the files is not
463		compromised.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
464		University.
465	If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
466		queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
467		to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
468		triggered.  Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
469		of INTERMETA.
470	Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
471		running queues.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
472	Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
473		Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
474	Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
475		read and write timeouts.  Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
476		ActiveState.
477	Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive.  Problem
478		noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
479	If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
480		the RunAsUser group.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
481		Northern Illinois University.
482	Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
483		contains a trailing slash.  Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
484		of Dinoex.
485	Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
486		4096).  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
487		Polytechnic Institute.
488	Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
489		if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
490		do not have a From: header.  Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
491	Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
492		will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
493		Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
494	Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
495		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
496	Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure.  Based on
497		patch from by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
498	Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
499		missing arguments.
500	Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
501		a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
502		Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
503	Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
504		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
505	Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
506		connect fails and DialDelay is set.  Patch from Servaas
507		Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
508	Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
509		a set-user-ID (non-root) program.  Problem noted by Jon
510		Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
511	Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
512		directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
513		which has an owner- alias.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett
514		of Concordia University.
515	Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified.  Problem
516		found by Mario Nigrovic.
517	The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
518		incoming messages.  A leading dot is always stripped by the
519		SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
520		another dot.  Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
521	Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
522		base64 encoding to 8-bit text.  Problem noted by Mark
523		Elvers.
524	Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
525		Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
526		of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
527		total number of TCP connections.
528	Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
529		non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
530		Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
531	Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
532		are used.  Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
533	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
534		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
535		Texas.
536	Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
537		to 451.
538	Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
539		only done in one place: queue group creation).  Based on
540		patch by Bryan Costales.
541	Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
542		timeouts.  Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
543	Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
544		responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
545		errors.  By doing so, the host was marked as having a
546		temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
547		queued for the next queue run.  Problem noted by Fletcher
548		Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
549		Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
550		and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
551	Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
552		which drop the connection instead of responding to the
553		command).
554	Portability:
555		Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
556			available.
557		Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X.  That platform
558			now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
559			settings.  Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
560			Skyrr.
561		Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin.  Problem
562			noted by John Beck.
563		Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
564		Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX.  From
565			Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
566	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
567		SMTP AUTH information.  This feature was actually added in
568		8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
569	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
570		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
571		error.
572	CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
573		FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain').  Problem noted by
574		Krzysztof Oledzki.
575	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
576		initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
577	CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
578		is in use.  Patch from Andrzej Filip.
579	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
580		`localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
581		This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
582		i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
583		it is embedded in square brackets.  Problem noted by
584		Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
585	CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
586		submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps.  This is a compromise
587		to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
588		default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
589		time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
590		user's $TZ setting.  Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
591		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
592		by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
593	CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
594		binary.  Adjust local mailer flags accordingly.  Problem
595		noted by John Beck.
596	CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
597		if queue groups are used.
598	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
599	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
600	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
601		Suggested by Bryan Costales.
602	DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
603	LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
604		structure that is passed to xxfi_connect().  Notice:
605		this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
606		this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
607		values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
608		Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
609	LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
610		SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply.  Do the
611		same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
612	LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
613		required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
614		da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
615	LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define.  Set
616		this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
617		ldap_memfree().
618	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
619		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
620	SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems.  Problem
621		noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
622	VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases.  Based
623		on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
624		San Francisco.
625	VACATION: Don't ignore -C option.  Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
626	VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page.  Problem noted by
627		Joe Barbish.
628	New Files:
629		libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
630
6318.12.2/8.12.2	2002/01/13
632	Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
633		at startup, only log an error message.
634	Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
635		following -b) has been specified.
636	Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
637		permissions or owner of hoststatus files.  Problem noted
638		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
639	Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
640		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
641		Regensburg.
642	Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
643		SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
644		Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
645		Institute of Mining and Technology.
646	Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
647		chunk sent by a filter.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
648		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
649	In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
650		the message size calculation.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
651		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
652	Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
653		needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
654		Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
655	Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
656		commands are issued.  This makes it consistent with normal
657		SMTP connections.
658	Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections.  Problem noted by
659		William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
660		and Technology.
661	Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
662		message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
663		source route.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
664		Meteorological Institute.
665	Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
666		parsing.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
667		Online.
668	For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
669		that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
670		time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
671		and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
672		regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
673		types, respectively.
674	Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
675		exactly the same time.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
676		of Virginia Tech.
677	Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
678		alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
679		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
680	Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
681		Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
682	Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
683		process are closed.  Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
684	If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
685		directories.  Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
686		of Vienna.
687	Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks.  Patch from David Powell
688		of Sun Microsystems.
689	Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
690		This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
691		with servers that do not support realms when using
692		CRAM-MD5.  Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
693	Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
694		server gets stuck while processing that command.  Problem
695		noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
696	In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
697		command line invocations log them to make it simpler
698		to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
699	Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
700	Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
701		instead of forcing localhost.
702	Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
703		submit.cf.  Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
704	Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1.  Problem
705		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
706	If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
707		dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
708		sending commands.  This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
709		recipient status.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
710		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
711	Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
712		almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
713	New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC.  Requested by James Seagraves of
714		Compaq Computer Corp.
715	Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
716		properly.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
717		Tech.
718	Portability:
719		Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X.  Based on
720			patch provided by HP.
721		Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
722			working seteuid() call.  From Daniel J. Luke.
723		Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX.  From Ganu
724			Sachin of Siemens.
725		Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
726		Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11.  This
727			fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
728			characters to be written to the qf file.  Problem
729			noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
730		Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare.  Problem noted
731			by Boyd Lynn Gerber.
732		Add support for HP MPE/iX.  See sendmail/README for port
733			information.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
734		New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
735			USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK.  See sendmail/README
736			for more information.  From Mark Bixby of
737			Hewlett-Packard.
738		If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
739			(SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
740			From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
741		Add support for AIX 5.1.  From Valdis Kletnieks of
742			Virginia Tech.
743		Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP.  From Hisanori Gogota
744			of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
745		Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
746			Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
747	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
748		UUCP from the base operating system.  From Mark Murray of
749		FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
750	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
751		systems.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
752	CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
753		Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
754		Florida.
755	CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4.  Problem noted by
756		Altin Waldmann.
757	CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
758		confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp).  From Mark Bixby of
759		Hewlett-Packard.
760	LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
761		libmilter terminated.  Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
762		of MSFU.
763	LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
764		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
765		Institute.
766	LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX.  Patch from Larry Rosenman.
767	LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
768		to free memory twice.
769	LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
770		Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
771		of Sun Microsystems.
772	LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
773		terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
774		example code.  Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
775		University of Athens.
776	New Files:
777		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
778		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
779		cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
780		cf/ostype/mpeix.m4
781		devtools/OS/AIX.5.1
782		devtools/OS/MPE-iX
783		include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
784		libsm/mpeix.c
785
7868.12.1/8.12.1	2001/10/01
787	SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
788		to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
789		supplying bogus data.  Add configuration options for
790		different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid.  Problem
791		found by Michal Zalewski.
792	PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
793		privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
794		during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
795		used.  Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
796	Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
797		Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
798	Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
799		delivery.  LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
800		STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
801	If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
802		values for configuration file and pid file but also the
803		selected values.  Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
804	Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
805		errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
806		if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set.  Previously
807		this only applied to hostname canonification.  Problem
808		noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
809	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
810		canonical name for a host.
811	When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
812		line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.)  to mail submission
813		operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.).  Idea based on
814		suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
815	Portability:
816		AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
817			`uname` does not given complete information.
818			Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
819			Aircraft Company.
820		OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
821			Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
822		Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
823			integers.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
824			Courtesan Consulting.
825	CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
826		problems with potential misconfigurations.
827	CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount.  Problem
828		noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
829		Technology Organisation of Australia.
830	CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
831		of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists
832		then use it.
833	LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by
834		Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
835	LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it.  Problem noted
836		by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
837	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
838		and vacation.
839	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
840		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
841		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
842	New Files:
843		test/Build
844		test/Makefile
845		test/Makefile.m4
846		test/README
847		test/t_dropgid.c
848		test/t_setgid.c
849	Deleted Files:
850		include/sm/stdio.h
851		include/sm/sysstat.h
852
8538.12.0/8.12.0	2001/09/08
854	*NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
855		set-user-ID root anymore.  You need to create a new user and
856		a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
857		default).  The installation process tries to install
858		/etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
859		default.  Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
860	SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
861		files.  These checks can be turned off if absolutely
862		necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
863		flags:
864			GroupWritableForwardFile
865			WorldWritableForwardFile
866			GroupWritableIncludeFile
867			WorldWritableIncludeFile
868		Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
869	SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode.  Suggested
870		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
871		(IdS).
872	Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
873		point where the variable could become overused for more than
874		one timeout concurrently.  This erroneous behavior resulted in
875		a corrupted stack causing a core dump.  The timeout is now
876		handled via libsm.  Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
877		John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
878	If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
879		checks (group ID of RunAsUser).  This allows use of a
880		set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
881		and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed.  For details
882		see sendmail/SECURITY.
883	Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
884		Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
885	If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
886		with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file.  See
887		sendmail/SECURITY.
888	New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
889		files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
890		sendmail binary.  See sendmail/SECURITY.
891	The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
892		-bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
893		is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible).  This selection
894		can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
895		file: client or mta).  See sendmail/SECURITY.
896	The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command.  The ONEX
897		command has been removed.
898	Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920.  It can be turned off
899		at compile time or per host (ruleset).
900	New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
901		used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
902		is "pw", which means to use getpwnam().  New mailbox database
903		types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
904	Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
905		long, to accomodate envelope splitting.  File systems with
906		a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
907		supported.
908	Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
909		hostsignature (character string version of MX RR).  This orders
910		recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
911		portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
912		list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking.  The
913		significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
914		list.  Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
915		creation rather than just before delivery.
916	Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking.  Previous
917		piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
918		piggybacking.  Rather than complete MX RR matching
919		(coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
920		preference matches (coattail).
921	If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
922		try other MX hosts if available.
923	DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
924		outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
925	New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
926		AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions).  Based
927		on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
928	Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
929	A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
930		authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
931		Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
932		removed in future versions.
933	Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
934		requires 334.  Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
935	Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
936		for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).  See
937		doc/op/op.me for details.
938	Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
939		{cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
940		signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
941		of the presented certificate, respectively.
942	New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
943	New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
944		server per connection.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
945	New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
946		recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure
947		enough on a per recipient basis.
948	New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
949		for STARTTLS.
950	If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
951		value "NOT".
952	New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
953		using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
954	Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
955		Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
956	Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
957		really required.  This change results in a noticable
958		performance gains on most machines.  Moreover, if shared
959		memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
960	Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
961		the same behavior together.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
962	If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
963		than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
964		are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
965		splitting.  If the mail is submitted directly from the
966		command line, then the value also limits the number of
967		processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
968		created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
969		by a queue run.
970	The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
971		system each queue directory resides in.
972	All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
973	New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
974	Add parallel queue runner code.  Allows multiple queue runners per work
975		group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
976		collected together) to process the same work list at the
977		same time.
978	Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
979		active queue runner processes.
980	New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
981		runners per queue group.
982	Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
983		the pattern to be negated.  For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
984		permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
985		of the queue that match during processing.
986	New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
987		periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
988		child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
989		runs.  A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
990		persistent queue runner.
991	The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
992		sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
993		sendmail -q15m).
994	New option NiceQueueRun	to set the priority of queue runners.
995		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
996	sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
997		unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
998	QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
999		several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
1000	QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
1001		of the qf file (older entries first).
1002	Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
1003		a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
1004		should be delivered.  New option DeliverByMin added to set the
1005		minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
1006	Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
1007		not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
1008	Add support for a generic DNS map.  Based on a patch contributed
1009		by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
1010		work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
1011		Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
1012		Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
1013	MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost.  To use the old
1014		behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
1015		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
1016	Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
1017		for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
1018		via SharedMemoryKey.  This minimizes the number of system
1019		calls to check the available space.  See doc/op/op.me for
1020		details.
1021	If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
1022		the number of entries in the queue(s).
1023	Enable generic mail filter API (milter).  See libmilter/README
1024		and the usual documentation for details.
1025	Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
1026	Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
1027		announced in 8.10.
1028	Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR.  Use an MSA instead.
1029	New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
1030		an envelope sender or recipient address.  Suggested by
1031		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1032	Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
1033		-r (number of retries).
1034	New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
1035		separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
1036		and value separated by the given separator.
1037	Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
1038		to map class arith.
1039	If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
1040		(errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
1041	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
1042		GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
1043	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
1044		requirements for files containing secret keys.  This is
1045		necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
1046	Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
1047		filenames with spaces).
1048	Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
1049	Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
1050		{if_name_out}	hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
1051		{if_addr_out}	address of interface of outgoing connection.
1052		{if_family_out}	family of interface of outgoing connection.
1053		The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
1054		to the loopback net.
1055	Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
1056	DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'.  Patch from
1057		Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
1058	New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
1059		an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
1060	New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
1061		all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
1062	Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
1063		a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
1064		BadRcptThrottle).  From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
1065		Development Group.
1066	New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
1067		exceeds the specified value.  The default of 0 does not
1068		change the previous behavior.  A value greater than 0
1069		will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
1070		SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
1071		load average is exceeded.
1072	Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
1073		recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
1074		This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
1075		the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
1076		Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1077	Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
1078	Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
1079	The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone.  Use [IPC]
1080		instead.
1081	IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
1082		builtin mailer pathnames.  Use TCP instead.
1083	PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
1084		old libqiapi library.  Contributed by Mark Roth of the
1085		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1086	New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
1087		for direct (command line) submissions.
1088	New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
1089		case of failures.  Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
1090		Hagino of the KAME Project.
1091	Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
1092		whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
1093		Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
1094	Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
1095		STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
1096		9 or higher.  Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
1097		AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
1098	Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
1099		before logging.
1100	Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
1101		(at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
1102	Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
1103	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
1104		in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
1105		TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
1106	Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
1107		DSNs ("old id: new id: clone").  Suggested by Ulrich Windl
1108		of the Universitat Regensburg.
1109	Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
1110		assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
1111		exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
1112		portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
1113		package.  It will at some point replace libsmutil.
1114		See libsm/index.html for details.
1115	Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
1116		care of by fork() and exit().
1117	Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls.  Allows for
1118		more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
1119		new and old (from new libsm).
1120	Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
1121		('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
1122	Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
1123	New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
1124		together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
1125		synchronizations calls.
1126	Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
1127	T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
1128	When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
1129		too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
1130	sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
1131		See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
1132		for details.
1133	Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
1134		such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses.  The DSNs
1135		generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
1136		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
1137	Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
1138		mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
1139		SMTP dialogue.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1140	Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
1141		that do not have postmaster defined.  If an email was sent
1142		from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
1143		in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
1144		then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
1145		Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
1146		degli Studi dell'Insubria.
1147	The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
1148		i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
1149	Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
1150		higher.  Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
1151	New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA.  When
1152		attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
1153		will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
1154		lookups.  If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
1155		flag.  Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
1156		Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
1157		Urbana-Champaign.
1158	Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}().  Problem
1159		noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
1160	ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
1161		to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
1162		connections.
1163	Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
1164		sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
1165		``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
1166		cf/README.
1167	Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command.  If
1168		the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
1169		'|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
1170		rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup.  This
1171		allows classes to be filled via a map lookup.  See op.me
1172		for more syntax information.  Specifically, this can be
1173		used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
1174		the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
1175		ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
1176		example).
1177	The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
1178		the default schema used in the above two items.
1179	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
1180		warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
1181		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
1182	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
1183		if a program being run from a mailer or file class
1184		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
1185	Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
1186		hostnames.  Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
1187		(without quotes) will disable this and return to the
1188		pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
1189		Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
1190	In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
1191		HELO/EHLO commands.
1192	Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
1193		possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
1194		connections.  Restrictions placed on one family only affect
1195		outgoing connections on that particular family.  Because of
1196		this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
1197		connection is established.  Based on patch from Motonori
1198		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1199	PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
1200		when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
1201		nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
1202		forwards, or :include: files.  It also will override the -v
1203		(verbose) command line option.
1204	If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
1205		address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
1206		back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
1207		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1208	New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
1209		number of recipients).  Based on patch from Mark Roth of
1210		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1211	Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985.  The queue group
1212		can be specified using the '#' option character.  For
1213		example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
1214	If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
1215		current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
1216		servers.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
1217		British Columbia.
1218	Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
1219		because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
1220	The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
1221		replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
1222		and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
1223		if required.
1224	The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed.  Use the ldap map
1225		class instead.
1226	Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
1227		"IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For example,
1228		if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
1229		class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
1230	Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
1231		MTA is running.  For example, during a queue run.
1232	Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
1233		RES_USE_INET6 resolver option.  Based on patch from Rick
1234		Nelson of IBM.
1235	The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
1236		many "light weight" commands have been received are now
1237		configurable during compile time.  The current values and
1238		their defaults are:
1239		    MAXBADCOMMANDS	25	unknown commands
1240		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
1241		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
1242		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
1243		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
1244		Setting a value to 0 disables the check.  Patch from Bryan
1245		Costales of SL3D, Inc.
1246	The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
1247		${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
1248	Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
1249		in headers.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1250		Meteorological Institute.
1251	Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
1252		messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
1253		which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
1254	Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
1255		the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
1256		deliveries.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1257	New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
1258		file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
1259		if the meta-data in it has been changed.  This should be
1260		set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
1261		See sendmail/README for further information.
1262	Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
1263		sendmail is signaled to terminate.  Problem noted by
1264		Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
1265	Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
1266		envelope is initialized.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
1267		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1268	Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue.  Fix
1269		from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
1270	Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
1271		temporary errors.  Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
1272		flora.ca.
1273	Portability:
1274		Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
1275			filenames and is outdated anyway.  Suggested by
1276			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1277		Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
1278			i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
1279			of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
1280			optimization limit to 0 (unlimited).  Based on patch
1281			from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
1282			Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1283		Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
1284			Solaris 8 and later.
1285		Add support for OpenUNIX.
1286	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
1287	CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
1288	CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
1289	CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
1290	CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
1291		temporary lookup failures.
1292	CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
1293		action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
1294		or IP nets.
1295	CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
1296		relay address as long as the other part allows the email
1297		to get through.
1298	CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
1299		"%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
1300		entry like user+*@domain.  This allows handling of details by
1301		using %1%3 as the RHS.  Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
1302		introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
1303	CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
1304		and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
1305		section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
1306		after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
1307	CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
1308		(GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
1309		as canonical.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1310	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
1311		in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
1312		terminates check_* ruleset checking.
1313	CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
1314		tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
1315	CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
1316		STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
1317		cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
1318	CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
1319		options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
1320		specification of whole domains instead of just users.
1321		Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
1322		Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1323	CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
1324		cf/README for details.
1325	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
1326		the access map.  Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
1327		University of Maryland.
1328	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
1329		the local mailer.  Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
1330	CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
1331		messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
1332		map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
1333	CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
1334		to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
1335		Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
1336		Solving.
1337	CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
1338		options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
1339	CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
1340		the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
1341	CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
1342		immediately.
1343	CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
1344		allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
1345		See cf/README for details.
1346	CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
1347		temporary lookup failures.
1348	CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
1349		Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
1350	CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
1351		memory use.
1352	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
1353		of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
1354		string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
1355		in the access map.  Based on code contributed by Mathias
1356		Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
1357	CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
1358		file.  Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1359	CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
1360		via LMTP.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1361	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
1362		the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
1363	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
1364		+detail portion of the address when passing address to
1365		local delivery agent.  Disables alias and .forward +detail
1366		stripping.  Only use if LDA supports this.
1367	CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
1368	CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
1369		which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
1370		Routing lookups.  Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
1371		masquerade domain name for lookups.  See cf/README for
1372		additional details.
1373	CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1374		instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
1375		looked up has +detail information.  See cf/README for more
1376		information.
1377	CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
1378		up the new routing address/host in the mailertable.  Based
1379		on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
1380	CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
1381		is in use and the bounce option is enabled.  Only reject
1382		recipients as user unknown.
1383	CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
1384		features.  See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
1385		section of cf/README for more information.
1386	CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
1387		macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
1388		LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
1389	CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
1390		which takes the options as argument and can be used
1391		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
1392	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
1393		confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE		BadRcptThrottle
1394		confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS	DirectSubmissionModifiers
1395		confMAILBOX_DATABASE		MailboxDatabase
1396		confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN		MaxQueueChildren
1397		confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE	MaxRunnersPerQueue
1398		confNICE_QUEUE_RUN		NiceQueueRun
1399		confQUEUE_FILE_MODE		QueueFileMode
1400		confFAST_SPLIT			FastSplit
1401		confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS		TLSSrvOptions
1402		See above (and related documentation) for further information.
1403	CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
1404		confTO_ACONNECT		Timeout.aconnect
1405		confTO_AUTH		Timeout.auth
1406		confTO_LHLO		Timeout.lhlo
1407		confTO_STARTTLS		Timeout.starttls
1408	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
1409		confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS		InputMailFilters
1410		confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL		Milter.LogLevel
1411		confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT	Milter.macros.connect
1412		confMILTER_MACROS_HELO		Milter.macros.helo
1413		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM	Milter.macros.envfrom
1414		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT	Milter.macros.envrcpt
1415		Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
1416		MAIL_FILTER().  See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
1417		doc/op/op.me for details.
1418	CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
1419		See cf/README for details.  Based on patch by Motonori
1420		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1421	CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
1422		dequote map.
1423	CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
1424	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
1425		on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
1426	CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
1427		by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For
1428		example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
1429		2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
1430		to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
1431		This affects the access database as well as the
1432		relay-domains and local-host-names files.
1433	CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
1434	CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
1435	CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
1436		exceptions from a file.  Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
1437		Mississippi State University.
1438	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
1439		(LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
1440	CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
1441		which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
1442		Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1443	DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
1444		files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
1445		confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
1446	DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
1447		installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
1448		systems which don't include cat directories.
1449	EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
1450	MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
1451		local mail recipients.  New option -D mbdb specifies the
1452		mailbox database type.
1453	MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
1454		deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
1455		directory instead of the system mail spool area.  Based on
1456		patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
1457	MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
1458		doesn't truncate the statistics file.
1459	MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
1460		instead of white space.
1461	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
1462		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1463		Meteorological Institute.
1464	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
1465	VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
1466		auto-replied.  From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1467	VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
1468		instead of syslog.
1469	VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
1470		in the password file.  The -f and -m options must be used
1471		to specify the database and message file since there is no
1472		home directory for the default settings for these options.
1473	VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
1474		local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
1475		from the sendmail.cf file.  New option -C cffile which
1476		specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
1477	New Directories:
1478		libmilter/docs
1479	New Files:
1480		cf/cf/README
1481		cf/cf/submit.cf
1482		cf/cf/submit.mc
1483		cf/feature/authinfo.m4
1484		cf/feature/compat_check.m4
1485		cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
1486		cf/feature/msp.m4
1487		cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
1488		cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
1489		cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
1490		cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
1491		cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
1492		cf/sendmail.schema
1493		contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
1494		devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
1495		devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
1496		editmap/*
1497		include/sm/*
1498		libsm/*
1499		libsmutil/cf.c
1500		libsmutil/err.c
1501		sendmail/SECURITY
1502		sendmail/TUNING
1503		sendmail/bf.c
1504		sendmail/bf.h
1505		sendmail/sasl.c
1506		sendmail/sm_resolve.c
1507		sendmail/sm_resolve.h
1508		sendmail/tls.c
1509	Deleted Files:
1510		cf/feature/rbl.m4
1511		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
1512		devtools/OS/AIX.2
1513		include/sendmail/cdefs.h
1514		include/sendmail/errstring.h
1515		include/sendmail/useful.h
1516		libsmutil/errstring.c
1517		sendmail/bf_portable.c
1518		sendmail/bf_portable.h
1519		sendmail/bf_torek.c
1520		sendmail/bf_torek.h
1521		sendmail/clock.c
1522	Renamed Files:
1523		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
1524		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
1525		cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
1526
15278.11.7/8.11.7	2003/03/29
1528	SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
1529		dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
1530		comments are too long.  Problem noted by Mark Dowd
1531		of ISS X-Force.
1532	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
1533		a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
1534		remotely exploitable.  Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
1535		Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
1536		data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
1537		includes DNS.
1538	To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
1539		8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
1540		headers etc.  To turn off this conversion compile with
1541		-DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
1542	To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
1543		performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
1544		for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
1545		Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
1546		protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
1547		To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults,
1548		set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
1549	Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
1550		across various connections.  This could cause session
1551		oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
1552		to erroneously allow a connection.  Problem noted
1553		by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
1554	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
1555		canonical name for a host.
1556	Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps.
1557	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
1558		or the queue.
1559	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
1560		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
1561		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1562		Polytechnic Institute.
1563	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
1564		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
1565		Purdue University.
1566	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
1567		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
1568		Texas.
1569	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
1570		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
1571		error.
1572	CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if
1573		FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled.
1574	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
1575		and vacation.
1576	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
1577		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
1578	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
1579		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
1580		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
1581	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
1582		the mailbox fails.  Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
1583		Sun Microsystems.
1584	SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
1585		used for a command.  Problem noted by David Endler of
1586		iDEFENSE, Inc.
1587
15888.11.6/8.11.6	2001/08/20
1589	SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
1590		out-of-bounds debug parameters.  Problem detected by
1591		Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
1592	Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs.  This could
1593		happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
1594		scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
1595		is reached such that several DSNs are sent next.  Problem
1596		noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
1597	Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
1598		wildcard operators in a rule.  Problem detected by
1599		Werner Wiethege.
1600	Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups.  Problem
1601		noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
1602
16038.11.5/8.11.5	2001/07/31
1604	Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
1605		the daemon.  This could terminate the current process without
1606		starting a new daemon.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
1607		of SE Netway Communications.
1608	Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
1609		the command line.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1610	When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
1611		which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
1612		to looking up only IPv4 addresses.  Problem noted by Tim
1613		Bosserman of EarthLink.
1614	When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
1615		Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
1616	Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
1617		IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
1618		forged".  Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
1619		University College.
1620	Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM.  Problem noted by
1621		Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
1622	Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
1623		out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
1624		Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
1625		"header".  Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
1626		University at Albany.
1627	Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
1628		noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
1629	Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
1630		their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
1631		Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
1632		to 2 days.  Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
1633	Portability:
1634		BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation.  Problem
1635			noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
1636		BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
1637			Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
1638		BSD/OS has fchown(2).  Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
1639			2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
1640		Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3).  From Sebastian
1641			Hagedorn of Cologne University.
1642	CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
1643		(user@[IPv6:address]).  Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
1644
16458.11.4/8.11.4	2001/05/28
1646	Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
1647		corruption and other potential race conditions.
1648		Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
1649		instantaneous due to this change.  Also, non-root users can
1650		no longer send out-of-band signals.  Problem reported by
1651		Michal Zalewski of BindView.
1652	If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
1653		encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
1654		strength.  Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
1655	If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
1656		different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
1657		recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
1658	Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3.  Patch
1659		from Kenji Miyake.
1660	This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
1661		QueueDirectory wildcards.
1662	If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
1663		the same map again while exiting.
1664	Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
1665		LMTP).  Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
1666		of Tuebingen.
1667	If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
1668		to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
1669		message would be lost.  Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
1670		Oklahoma State University.
1671	Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
1672		and prog map types.  Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
1673		InTouch Systems, Inc.
1674	When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
1675		other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
1676		to the LDAP server.  Patch from Victor Duchovni of
1677		Morgan Stanley.
1678	To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
1679		.pag file instead of the .dir file.  Problem noted by Neil
1680		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1681	Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent.  Patch
1682		from Werner Wiethege.
1683	If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
1684		with the family set in that option.  Patch from Sean Farley.
1685	Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
1686		when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
1687		recipient list.  Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
1688		Internet Services.
1689	Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces.  Problem noticed by Ulrich
1690		Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
1691	Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces.  Problem noticed by
1692		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1693	Portability:
1694		OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
1695	CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
1696		to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
1697	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
1698	DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
1699		file name argument.  Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1700		Meteorological Institute.
1701	DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
1702		since it generates random process ids.
1703	PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
1704		of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
1705		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1706	New Files:
1707		cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
1708
17098.11.3/8.11.3	2001/02/27
1710	Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
1711		LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
1712		option was used.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
1713		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1714	Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
1715		could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
1716		Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
1717		communications consulting gmbh.
1718	Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
1719		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1720	Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
1721		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
1722		connection came in from the command line.
1723	Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
1724		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set.  Patch from
1725		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1726	Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
1727		check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
1728	Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
1729		when they were committed.
1730	Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
1731		Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
1732	Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
1733		to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
1734		cause some rulesets to return wrong results.  This would
1735		usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
1736	Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
1737		equate.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
1738		University.
1739	Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
1740		fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
1741		accept() completes.
1742	Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
1743		opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
1744	Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
1745		in a queue run.  Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
1746		Wellcome.
1747	If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
1748		note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
1749		"Deferred".  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
1750		University.
1751	If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
1752		qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
1753		hostname.  Problem noted by David Bremner of the
1754		University of New Brunswick.
1755	Portability:
1756		Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
1757			is in use.  Problem noted by Auteria Wally
1758			Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
1759		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
1760			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1761		OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3).  OpenBSD 2.8 and
1762			higher has BSDI-style login classes.  Patch from
1763			Todd C.  Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1764		Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
1765			sendmail is being compiled with -kthread.  Problem
1766			noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
1767	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
1768		current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
1769	DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
1770		Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
1771	MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
1772		storing the temporary message file until after the remote
1773		side has sent the final DATA termination dot.  Problem
1774		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
1775		Institute.
1776	MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
1777		are also specified on the command line.  Patch from
1778		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1779	PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
1780		database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
1781	Renamed Files:
1782		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
1783
17848.11.2/8.11.2	2000/12/29
1785	Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
1786		address test mode due to a negative array index.  Audit
1787		other array indexing.  This bug is not believed to be
1788		exploitable.  Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
1789		Schools" project (IdS).
1790	Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
1791		address test mode.  This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
1792		be enabled by compiling with:
1793		APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
1794		in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.  Suggested by
1795		Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
1796	Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
1797		caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
1798	When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
1799		enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
1800		sort sub-optimal.  Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
1801		Colby College.
1802	Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
1803		RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
1804	Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
1805		This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
1806		a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
1807		mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
1808	Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
1809		a cached connection.  Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
1810		NxNetworks, Inc.
1811	Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
1812		client name.
1813	Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
1814		MaxMimeHeaderLength problems.  Requested by Ulrich Windl of
1815		the Universitat Regensburg.
1816	Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
1817		DeliveryMode queue.  Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
1818		University of Arizona.
1819	Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag.  Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
1820		of Collective Technologies.
1821	Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
1822		to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
1823		Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
1824		Engineering.
1825	Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
1826		definition.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1827		Meteorological Institute.
1828	Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
1829		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1830	Fix return values for IRIX nsd map.  From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1831		Meteorological Institute.
1832	Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions.  Read all
1833		of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
1834		interpret Addr= and Port=.  Problem noted by Valdis
1835		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1836	When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
1837		initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
1838		Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
1839	RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
1840		created.  Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
1841		close.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1842	Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
1843		overall connections, not the number of connections per
1844		socket.  A future version may change this to per socket
1845		counting.
1846	Portability:
1847		Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
1848			where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t).  Problem
1849			noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
1850		Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
1851			whatis.  From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
1852		UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support.  From Larry
1853			Rosenman.
1854		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
1855			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1856		Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
1857			Solaris 2.5 or earlier.  Problem noted by Bob Hughes
1858			of Pacific Access.
1859		Add preliminary support for AIX 5.  Contributed by
1860			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1861		Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
1862			Microsystems.
1863	CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
1864		is used.  Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
1865		patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1866	CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
1867		FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
1868	CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
1869		implicitly assume canonical host names.
1870	CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db.  Based on
1871		patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1872	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
1873		Virginia Tech.
1874	CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
1875		instead of making it worse.  Problem noted by Motonori
1876		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1877	CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
1878	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error.  Problem noted
1879		by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
1880		gmbh.
1881	CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them.  From Mark
1882		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1883	DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
1884		variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
1885		namespace collisions.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
1886		of Kyoto University.
1887	RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail.  It
1888		causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
1889		installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
1890		another MTA.  The change will re-appear in a future
1891		version.
1892	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
1893		and SunOS 5.8.  Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
1894		College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1895	VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
1896	VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
1897		or *-owner.
1898	New Files:
1899		cf/ostype/aix5.m4
1900		contrib/buildvirtuser
1901		devtools/OS/AIX.5.0
1902
19038.11.1/8.11.1	2000/09/27
1904	Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
1905		name.  Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1906	Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
1907		seeded.  This problem only occurs on systems without
1908		/dev/urandom.  Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
1909		digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
1910		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1911	Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
1912		wildcards.
1913	Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
1914		process may close the connection before the child process
1915		has completed.  Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
1916		Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
1917		Hottgenroth of UUNET.
1918	Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
1919		read the LDAP secret from a file.
1920	Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
1921		the user submits the message and before the first delivery
1922		attempt completes.  Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
1923		Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1924	Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
1925		greater than 2^31.  Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
1926		of EarthLink.
1927	Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
1928	Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
1929		non-existent instead of treating it as /.  Problem noted by
1930		Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1931	Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item.  Problem
1932		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1933	Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
1934		save rejected email anywhere".  Problem noted by Marc G.
1935		Fournier of Acadia University.
1936	If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
1937		the map so subsequent searches reopen the map.  If there are
1938		multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
1939		one of the others may be able to take over.
1940	Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
1941		previous load average query result.
1942	If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
1943		return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
1944		instead of ignoring the map.  Problem noted by Allan E
1945		Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1946	Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
1947		the split envelopes before the original envelope.
1948	Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
1949		defer if the PH server could not be contacted.  From Mark
1950		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1951	Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
1952		ETRN.  Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
1953	Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
1954		RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869.  Problem
1955		reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
1956	Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS.  Problem
1957		noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
1958	Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
1959		client libraries.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
1960		University of British Columbia.
1961	Portability:
1962		Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
1963			instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
1964			override the setting.  Suggested by
1965			Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
1966		On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
1967			/usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation.  From
1968			Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
1969		On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
1970			does not exist).  From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
1971			College.
1972		Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x.  From
1973			Tom Moore of NCR.
1974		NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man.  From
1975			Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
1976		Solaris 8 and later include /var/run.  The default PID file
1977			location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid.  From John
1978			Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1979		SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
1980			which do not.  From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
1981			Consulting.
1982	CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
1983		Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
1984	CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
1985		errors in the MAIL address.
1986	CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files.  Problem
1987		noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
1988	CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
1989		Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1990	CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
1991		GECOS information for an address.  This more closely
1992		matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior.  From Per Hedeland of
1993		Ericsson.
1994	CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
1995		SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
1996		mailer as described in cf/README.
1997	MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
1998		are obeyed.  Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
1999	MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
2000		makemap to 'unmake' the map.
2001	RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
2002		sendmail.
2003	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
2004		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2005		Meteorological Institute.
2006	VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
2007	VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
2008		dot as the only character on the line.
2009	New Files:
2010		cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
2011
20128.11.0/8.11.0	2000/07/19
2013	SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
2014		(not the normal case), some operating systems will still
2015		keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
2016		to drop all of its privileges.  If sendmail needs to drop
2017		these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
2018		saved-uid as well, exit with an error.  Problem noted by
2019		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2020	SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
2021		it populates.  It is possible that some broken
2022		implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
2023		Systems in this category should compile with
2024		-DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1.  Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
2025		system and report broken implementations to
2026		sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor.  Problem
2027		noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
2028	Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
2029		Implementation influenced by the example programs of
2030		OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
2031	Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
2032		ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
2033		ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile.  These are documented in
2034		cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
2035	New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
2036		${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
2037		${server_name}, and ${server_addr}.  These are documented
2038		in cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
2039	Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
2040		random data.
2041	New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
2042		don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
2043		try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
2044	Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
2045		support encryption.  Based on code contributed by Tim
2046		Martin of CMU.
2047	Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
2048		strength factor.
2049	LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
2050		(delimiter) flag was not given.  Problem noted by ST Wong of
2051		the Chinese University of Hong Kong.  Fix from Mark Adamson
2052		of CMU.
2053	Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
2054		ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
2055		Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
2056	Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions.  As
2057		documented, unless a family is specified in a
2058		DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default.  It is
2059		also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
2060		Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
2061		by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
2062		they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces.  Problem noted
2063		by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2064	Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
2065		the interface information for an outgoing connection.
2066		Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
2067		family and address used in subsequent connections if the
2068		M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions.  Problem noted
2069		by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2070	If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
2071		family based on the IP address.  ${if_family} is no longer
2072		persistent (i.e., saved in qf files).  Patch from John Beck
2073		of Sun Microsystems.
2074	sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
2075		macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
2076		the outgoing interface address/family.  In order for M=b
2077		modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
2078		the incoming information in the queue file for later
2079		delivery attempts.
2080	Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
2081		responses to commands.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
2082		smoe.org.
2083	Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
2084		to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc().  Problem
2085		noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2086	The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
2087		Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
2088	Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
2089		but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
2090		delivered when it really should have been queued.  Problem
2091		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2092	Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
2093		the SMTP transaction out of sync.  Problem noted by Per
2094		Hedeland of Ericsson.
2095	Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
2096		is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
2097		between sfio and stdio.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert
2098		of Northern Illinois University.
2099	Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log.  Problem
2100		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2101	Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
2102		to kilobyte units.
2103	If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
2104		looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
2105		attempt.  Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
2106		Polytechnic.
2107	Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
2108		as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
2109		queue file and persistent host status.  Problem noted by
2110		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2111	Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
2112		within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
2113		Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2114	Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
2115		sender.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2116	If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
2117		abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
2118		states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
2119	Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
2120		restrictive.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
2121		G. Thomas Consulting.
2122	Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
2123		port number (113).
2124	Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
2125		Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2126	Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
2127		host portions (or there are no recipients).  Problem noted
2128		by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2129	If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
2130		only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
2131		it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
2132		other maps.  Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
2133	Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
2134		authentication.  Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
2135		University of Mainz.
2136	Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
2137		via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
2138	Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile.  Omission
2139		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2140	Portability:
2141		Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
2142			'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others).  From Jun
2143			Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
2144		Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
2145		NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
2146			work properly causing problems if the accept()
2147			fails and the socket needs to be reopened.  Patch
2148			from Tom Moore of NCR.
2149		NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages.  From
2150			Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
2151		Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
2152			for calls to getipnodebyname().  The Linux
2153			implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
2154			under Linux.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
2155			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
2156	CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
2157		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2158	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
2159		confCACERT_PATH			CACERTPath
2160		confCACERT			CACERTFile
2161		confCLIENT_CERT			ClientCertFile
2162		confCLIENT_KEY			ClientKeyFile
2163		confDH_PARAMETERS		DHParameters
2164		confRAND_FILE			RandFile
2165		confSERVER_CERT			ServerCertFile
2166		confSERVER_KEY			ServerKeyFile
2167	CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
2168		tags to the access database to support these policies.  See
2169		cf/README for more information.
2170	CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
2171	CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
2172		called due to a STARTTLS command.
2173	CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
2174		instead of temporary.
2175	CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
2176		the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
2177		tag.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
2178		Consulting.
2179	CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
2180		OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux').  From Tim Pierce of
2181		RootsWeb.com.
2182	CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
2183		forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
2184		possible.  Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
2185		University of Maryland.
2186	CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users.  From
2187		Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
2188	CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
2189		ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
2190		ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
2191		underscore is in OperatorChars.  Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
2192		of the University of Alberta.
2193	CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
2194		Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
2195	CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
2196	CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
2197		of X.509 certificates.
2198	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl:  More protection from special characters;
2199		treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
2200		GECOS full name and username match.  From Ulrich Windl of the
2201		Universitat Regensburg.
2202	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
2203		typo.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2204	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
2205		and sendmail.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2206	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
2207		subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2208	CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
2209		calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
2210		script for movemail.pl).  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2211	CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
2212		makemap).  From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
2213	DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
2214		extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
2215		target.  Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
2216		University.
2217	DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
2218	DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
2219		links.
2220	LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
2221		reported.
2222	MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability.  Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
2223		Denman Tire Corporation.
2224	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
2225		-DCONTENTLENGTH.  Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
2226	MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
2227	MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
2228		and -man on Solaris 7.  Patch from Larry Williamson.
2229	RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf().  Problem noted by David Hayes of
2230		Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
2231	RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
2232		have a From line.
2233	VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
2234		to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
2235	Added Files:
2236		cf/ostype/darwin.m4
2237		contrib/cidrexpand
2238		contrib/link_hash.sh
2239		contrib/movemail.conf
2240		contrib/movemail.pl
2241		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
2242		test/t_snprintf.c
2243
22448.10.2/8.10.2	2000/06/07
2245	SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
2246		On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
2247		the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
2248		process to drop its privileges.  Problem noted by Wojciech
2249		Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
2250	SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
2251		initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
2252	Added Files:
2253		test/t_setuid.c
2254
22558.10.1/8.10.1	2000/04/06
2256	SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
2257		Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
2258		AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage.  We do not
2259		recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
2260		password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers.  See
2261		cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
2262	Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
2263		OSs.  Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
2264	Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
2265	Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
2266		greater than sendmail binary supported version.  Patch
2267		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2268	Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
2269		a segmentation fault when using address test mode.  Based on
2270		patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2271	Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3).  Problem
2272		noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
2273	Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
2274	Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
2275		or higher.
2276	Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
2277		exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
2278	Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
2279	Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
2280		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2281		Polytechnic Institute.
2282	Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
2283		discards the message.
2284	Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
2285		when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
2286		attempted to the alias.
2287	Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
2288		flag options.
2289	Portability:
2290		SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
2291			AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
2292			linker semantics.  AIX 4.X users should consult
2293			sendmail/README for further information.  Problem
2294			noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2295		Avoid use of strerror(3) call.  Problem noted by Charles
2296			Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
2297		DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
2298			program.  From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
2299		HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
2300		Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
2301			from J. P. McCann of E I A.
2302		Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
2303			Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
2304			Services, LLC.
2305		Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
2306			strlc{at,py}(3) functions.  From Todd C. Miller of
2307			Courtesan Consulting.
2308		SINIX doesn't have random(3).  From Gerald Rinske of
2309			Siemens Business Services.
2310	CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
2311		include the sender address.  Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
2312		of WSRCC.
2313	CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
2314	CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
2315		to be backward compatible with 8.9.
2316	CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
2317		to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
2318	CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
2319	DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored.  Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
2320		of NEC.
2321	DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
2322		(i486).  From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
2323	DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
2324		libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
2325		overloaded -L option.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
2326		Virginia Tech.
2327	DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
2328		confNROFF.  Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
2329		University.
2330	DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
2331		for other internal projects but included in the open source
2332		release.
2333	LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
2334		map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
2335		This fixes makemap when building the userdb file.  Problem
2336		noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
2337	LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
2338		it doesn't already exist.  Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
2339		Sendmail.
2340	LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
2341		available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails.  This
2342		fixes praliases.  Patch	from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2343	LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
2344		as SFF_NOWRFILES.
2345	OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags.  Suggested by
2346		Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
2347		Northern Illinois University.
2348	PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
2349		particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
2350		command line.  Man page updated accordingly.  Patch from
2351		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2352	VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
2353		Polytechnique de Montreal.
2354	VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
2355		compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
2356		Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
2357	Added Files:
2358		devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
2359		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
2360	Deleted Files:
2361		contrib/converting.sun.configs
2362	Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
2363		doc/intro
2364		doc/usenix
2365		doc/changes
2366
23678.10.0/8.10.0	2000/03/01
2368	    *************************************************************
2369	    * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered	*
2370	    * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team.	*
2371	    * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering	*
2372	    * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment	*
2373	    * of this release.  It was her vision, dedication, and	*
2374	    * support that has made this release a success.  Julie died	*
2375	    * on October 26, 1999 of cancer.  We have lost a leader, a	*
2376	    * coach, and a friend.					*
2377	    *								*
2378	    * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy,	*
2379	    * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us.	*
2380	    * Julie, we miss you!					*
2381	    *************************************************************
2382	SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
2383		links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
2384		to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
2385		symbolic link target.
2386	SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
2387		the alias map.  Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
2388		"Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
2389	SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
2390		the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
2391		sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
2392		(leaving it in an inconsistent state).  This option and
2393		its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
2394		version of sendmail.
2395	SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
2396		stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail.  Problem noted
2397		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
2398		(IdS).
2399	Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This affects
2400		a large number of files.  See cf/README for more details.
2401	The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
2402		for easier code sharing among the programs.
2403	Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554).  New macros for this purpose
2404		are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
2405		which hold the client's authentication credentials,
2406		the mechanism used for authentication, and the
2407		authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
2408		supplied).  Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
2409	On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
2410		distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
2411		file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
2412		disk.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2413	New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
2414		memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
2415		used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2416	New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
2417		memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
2418		file is used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2419	sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
2420		now listen on several different ports.  Use:
2421		O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
2422		to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
2423		on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
2424		off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
2425	The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated.  Mail user agents should
2426		begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
2427		message submission.  XUSR may disappear from a future release.
2428	The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
2429		indicates that the message being submitted from the command
2430		line is for relaying, not initial submission.  This means
2431		the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
2432		qualified and no canonicalization will be done.  Future
2433		releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
2434	The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
2435		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
2436		Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
2437		this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
2438	The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
2439		from the command line is an initial user submission and act
2440		accordingly.
2441	If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
2442		program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
2443		address is marked as unsafe.  This means if RunAsUser is
2444		set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
2445		files in their .forward files.  Administrators can override
2446		this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
2447		setting NonRootSafeAddr.
2448	Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
2449		on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
2450		TrustStickyBit.  Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
2451		InCert Software.
2452	Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
2453		files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
2454		set in the DontBlameSendmail option.  Requested by many.
2455	New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
2456		a control socket request.
2457	New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
2458		settings:
2459		Timeout.resolver.retrans
2460			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2461			seconds).  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
2462			and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
2463		Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
2464			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2465			seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
2466		Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
2467			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2468			seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
2469			delivery attempt.
2470		Timeout.resolver.retry
2471			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
2472			query.  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
2473			and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
2474		Timeout.resolver.retry.first
2475			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
2476			query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
2477		Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
2478			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
2479			query for all resolver lookups except the first
2480			delivery attempt.
2481		Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2482	Support multiple queue directories.  To use multiple queues, supply
2483		a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk.  For
2484		example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
2485		directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
2486		'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories.  Keep in
2487		mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
2488		while sendmail is running.  Queue runs create a separate
2489		process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
2490		given on a non-daemon queue run.  New items are randomly
2491		assigned to a queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2492	Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
2493		subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
2494		exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
2495		corresponding queue files.  Keep in mind, the queue
2496		directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
2497		running.  Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
2498		Telecommunications Ltd.
2499	New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
2500		unique for 60 years.  This allows queue IDs to be assigned
2501		without fancy file system locking.  Queued items can be
2502		moved between queues easily.  Contributed by Exactis.com,
2503		Inc.
2504	Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
2505		(e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
2506		set.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2507	New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
2508		syslog.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2509	QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename.  This
2510		avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
2511		to run the queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2512	Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
2513		donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
2514	The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
2515	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
2516		QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
2517		being added.  Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
2518	IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
2519		University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
2520		and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2521	In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
2522		connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
2523		Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
2524		Ltd.
2525	The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
2526		on systems which support them.  This can be used with LMTP
2527		local delivery agents which listen on a named socket.  An
2528		example mailer might be:
2529			Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
2530				S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
2531				A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
2532		Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
2533	The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated.  Use [IPC]
2534		instead.
2535	The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
2536		legitimate value.  Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
2537		connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
2538		version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
2539	PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
2540		flags.
2541	PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
2542		body of the original message on delivery status
2543		notifications.
2544	Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set.  Problem noted
2545		by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
2546	Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
2547		Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset.  Problem noted by
2548		Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
2549	Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times.  OperatorChars should
2550		not be set after rulesets are defined.  Suggested by
2551		Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
2552	Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files.  In
2553		interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
2554		responses after the DATA command.  Problem noted by
2555		Nik Conwell of Boston University.
2556	Check file close when mailing to files.  Problem noted by Nik
2557		Conwell of Boston University.
2558	Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map.  Patch from
2559		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
2560	Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
2561		ldap_open() or ldap_init().  Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
2562		@Home Network.
2563	New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
2564		parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted.  See SMTP
2565		AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
2566	Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
2567		check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
2568		similar to check_rcpt etc.
2569	Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
2570		${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
2571		the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
2572		the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
2573		From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2574	New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
2575		call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP.  Proposed
2576		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2577	New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
2578		the corresponding DSN parameter values.  Proposed by
2579		Mathias Herberts.
2580	New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
2581		i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
2582		before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
2583		the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
2584		in check_compat).
2585	The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
2586		sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
2587		option.
2588	New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
2589	Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
2590		a local address.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2591	Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
2592		Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
2593	Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
2594	New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
2595		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
2596	Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
2597		is set.
2598	Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
2599		for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
2600	Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
2601		This flag is set by default for the host map.  Based on a
2602		proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
2603	Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
2604	Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
2605	New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
2606		of the sum of all headers.  This can be used to prevent
2607		a denial-of-service attack.
2608	New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
2609		headers and parameters within those headers.  This option
2610		is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
2611		overflow attacks.
2612	Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
2613		alias recursion.
2614	New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
2615	Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
2616	Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
2617		directly before the newline.
2618	New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
2619		dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
2620		/usr/tmp/dead.letter.  If this option is not set (the
2621		default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
2622		system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
2623		to the user nor postmaster.  Instead, it will rename the qf
2624		file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
2625		could not be opened.
2626	New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file.  The
2627		value of this option is macro expanded.
2628	New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
2629		process title shown in 'ps' listings.
2630	New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
2631		(along with the already existing macros):
2632		${daemon_info}      Daemon information, e.g.
2633		                    SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
2634		${daemon_addr}	    Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
2635		${daemon_family}    Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
2636		${daemon_name}      Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
2637		${daemon_port}	    Daemon port, e.g., 25
2638		${queue_interval}   Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
2639	New macros especially for virtual hosting:
2640		${if_name}	hostname of interface of incoming connection.
2641		${if_addr}	address of interface of incoming connection.
2642		The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
2643		loopback net.
2644	If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
2645		would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
2646		Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
2647	Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
2648		Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
2649		${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME).  Suggested by
2650		Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
2651		The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
2652	H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks.  This
2653		ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
2654		not have its own ruleset assigned.  Suggested by Jan
2655		Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
2656		The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
2657	Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
2658		removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
2659		to 9.  For example, "R$+ ( 1 )		$@ 1" matches the
2660		input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
2661	Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
2662		MIME messages.  Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
2663		Multimedia Consumer Services.  Fix from Per Hedeland of
2664		Ericsson.
2665	Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
2666		messages with 8-bit text in headers.  Problem noted by
2667		Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College.  Fix from Per Hedeland
2668		of Ericsson.
2669	Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
2670		modified database map file.  Problem noted by Chris Adams
2671		of Renaissance Internet Services.
2672	Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
2673		$#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
2674		queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
2675	Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
2676		standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
2677		something other than 250 is received.  Based on a patch
2678		from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
2679	New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
2680		important files instead of root.  This requires HASFCHOWN.
2681	Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
2682		setting USERDB=0 works.  Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
2683	Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
2684		being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
2685		really went wrong.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2686	$? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
2687	Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
2688		equate name.
2689	New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
2690		executing the mailer program.  Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
2691	New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
2692		mailer to return after sending all data to it.
2693	Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
2694		into a previously filled slot.  Previously, the memory was
2695		freed at removal time.  Since removal can happen in a
2696		signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
2697		inconsistent state.  Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
2698		David Cooley of Colby College.
2699	When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
2700		local users in the passwd file.  The UserDB code has
2701		already decided the message will be passed to another host
2702		for processing.  Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
2703		Buckeridge Young Limited.
2704	Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
2705		password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
2706		'-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'.  The
2707		distinguished_name is who to login as.  The method can be
2708		one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
2709		LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  The filename is the file containing the
2710		secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
2711		ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  Patch from Booker Bense
2712		of Stanford University.
2713	The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap.  The use of ldapx is
2714		deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
2715	If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
2716		and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
2717		response into a delimiter separated string.  The LDAP map
2718		will traverse multiple entries as well.  LDAP alias maps
2719		automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
2720		Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
2721		idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
2722	Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup.  The
2723		values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
2724		For example, `-v "email,emailother"'.  Patch from
2725		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
2726	Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
2727	If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
2728		attributes found in the match will be returned.
2729	Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
2730		breaking up a single entry into multiple entries.  This is
2731		needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
2732		comma separated key and value strings.
2733	Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
2734		for each lookup.  To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
2735		connections such that multiple maps which use the same
2736		host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
2737		a single connection to that host.
2738	Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
2739	Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
2740		LDAP lookups.
2741	Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
2742		resources.
2743	Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
2744	Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
2745	Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification.  '%s' is still
2746		replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
2747		note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
2748		special characters.  The new '%0' token can be used instead
2749		of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
2750		For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
2751		"(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
2752		equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
2753		user attribute.  Instead, if the LDAP map specification
2754		contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
2755		would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
2756		with the name "*".
2757	New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
2758		more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
2759		being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
2760		alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
2761		matches to return.
2762	New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
2763		LDAP maps.  The value should only contain LDAP specific
2764		settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc.  The
2765		settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
2766		specified in the individual map specification ('K'
2767		command).  This option should be set before any LDAP maps
2768		are defined.
2769	Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
2770		continually fails.  Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
2771		Tech.
2772	Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries.  In
2773		particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
2774		important if you have large classes.
2775	On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
2776		gave error in the queued status message.  Requested by
2777		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2778	Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
2779		configuration.  Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
2780		delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
2781		unless the queued message is selected using one of the
2782		-qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request.  Code
2783		provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
2784	New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
2785		control socket.  This socket allows an external program to
2786		control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
2787		via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
2788		INN news server.  Access to this interface is controlled by
2789		the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
2790		systems (see sendmail/README for more information).  An
2791		example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
2792	Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
2793		RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
2794		number of processors online on the system (if that can be
2795		determined).  For single processor machines, this change
2796		has no effect.
2797	Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
2798		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2799	Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases.  Patch from
2800		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2801	Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
2802		at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
2803	Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
2804		happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
2805	Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
2806		LogLevel 10 or higher.  Previously, only TCP/IP connections
2807		were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher.  Setting
2808		LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
2809		connection-based denial of service attacks.
2810	Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
2811		10 or higher.
2812	Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
2813		information (from= syslog line).
2814	Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
2815		equate (dsn=).
2816	Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
2817	New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see
2818		sendmail/README for details.  Contributed by Mark Roth
2819		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2820	Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
2821		bracketed IP address.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
2822		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2823	Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries.  Problem noted by
2824		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2825	When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
2826		the program as the default user and the default group, not
2827		the forward file user.  This change also assures the
2828		:include: directives in aliases are also processed using
2829		the default user and group.  Problem noted by Sergiu
2830		Popovici of DNT Romania.
2831	Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
2832		no home directory (/no/such/directory).  Problem noted by
2833		Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
2834	Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
2835		message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
2836		above).  Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
2837	Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
2838		accepted.  If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
2839		helpful to know the sender of the message.
2840	Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
2841		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2842	Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
2843		interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
2844		multiple files.
2845	Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
2846		greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
2847		version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
2848		the helpfile ($v).  Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
2849		PIPEX.  Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
2850		skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced.  The
2851		helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
2852		version is found, a warning is logged.  The '#vers'
2853		directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
2854	Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
2855		disk succeeded.  Suggested by Nick Christenson.
2856	If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
2857		length before the attempt.
2858	If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
2859		user's uid before checking permissions on the file.  This
2860		allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
2861		root is remapped to nobody.  Problem noted by Harald
2862		Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
2863	purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
2864		host status files, not all files.
2865	Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
2866		in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
2867		is attempted on the queued item.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
2868		Wonderworks Inc.
2869	Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
2870		macro map class.  This can be used to store information
2871		between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
2872		Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
2873		of Hannover.
2874	New map class arith to allow for computations in rules.  The
2875		operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
2876		as key.  The two operands are specified as arguments; the
2877		lookup returns the result of the computation.  For example,
2878		"$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
2879		"$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
2880	Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
2881		include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
2882		flag:
2883			H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
2884		This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
2885		It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
2886		the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
2887	Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
2888		all of the headers have been collected.  The input to the
2889		ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
2890		headers in bytes separated by $|.  This ruleset along with
2891		the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
2892		gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
2893		See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
2894	Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
2895		to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec.  This
2896		option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
2897		version.
2898	Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
2899	Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
2900	Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
2901		if referencing a named ruleset.
2902	New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
2903		delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
2904	Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
2905		using it to sort.  Now all the same domains are really run
2906		through the queue together.  If they have the same MX host,
2907		then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
2908		connection cache if available.  This should be a reasonable
2909		performance improvement.  Patch from Randall Winchester of
2910		the University of Maryland.
2911	If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
2912		have received the message if it had not been rejected.
2913	New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
2914		queue immediately.  No delivery attempt is made.
2915	Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
2916		up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
2917		COMMANDS).
2918	New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
2919		but for outgoing connections.
2920	New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
2921		error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
2922			a	require authentication
2923			b	bind to interface through which mail has
2924				been received
2925			c	perform hostname canonification
2926			f	require fully qualified hostname
2927			h	use name of interface for outgoing HELO
2928				command
2929			C	don't perform hostname canonification
2930			E	disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
2931	New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
2932			h	use name of interface for HELO command
2933	The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
2934	Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
2935		to 10 or higher.  Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
2936		Institutes of Health.
2937	If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
2938		format.  Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
2939	Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
2940	Move message priority from sender to recipient logging.  Suggested by
2941		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2942	Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
2943	Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
2944		Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
2945	Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
2946		Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
2947	Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
2948		sub-options is set on the command line.  Problem noted by
2949		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2950	Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
2951		attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
2952		session.  Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
2953	Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
2954	Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
2955		DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
2956		to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
2957	If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
2958		the bounce for the same reason.  If the body is not 8-bit
2959		clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
2960		not be included in the bounce.  Problem noted by Valdis
2961		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2962	The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
2963		'${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
2964		simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
2965		This will detect the inability to send information quicker
2966		and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
2967		timeout.
2968	Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
2969		interface address structure when loading the system network
2970		interface addresses.  Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
2971		Nanoteq.
2972	Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
2973		indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
2974		for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w).  The
2975		default value is 512.  Based on idea from Reinier
2976		Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
2977	If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
2978		on load average.
2979	Allow ruleset 0 to have a name.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
2980		Northern Illinois University.
2981	Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
2982		envelope splitting has occurred.
2983	Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
2984		Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
2985	Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
2986	Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
2987		header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
2988		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2989		Institute.
2990	The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
2991		the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}".  This would copy all of
2992		the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
2993	Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
2994		split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
2995		the recipients were added.  Based on fix from Motonori
2996		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2997	Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
2998		addresses.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2999	Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
3000		message.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3001	If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
3002		syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
3003	Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery.  Problem
3004		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3005	On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
3006		login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
3007		This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
3008		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3009	Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
3010		unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
3011	Strip returns from forward and include files.  Problem noted by
3012		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3013	Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
3014		resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
3015		Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3016		University.
3017	Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
3018		pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
3019		the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
3020	If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
3021		ignored and its rules added to S0.  Instead, ignore the
3022		ruleset lines as well.
3023	Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
3024		success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
3025		single address due to S5 and UserDB processing.  Problems
3026		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3027		Institute.
3028	Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
3029		to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
3030		Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
3031	Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
3032		command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
3033		headers.  Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
3034		programs, file, DECnet, etc.
3035	Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
3036		spoof their return address.  Based on idea from Neil Rickert
3037		of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
3038		of Ericsson.
3039	Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
3040		owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
3041		:include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
3042		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3043	Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
3044		the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
3045		response code and drops the connection.  This behavior was
3046		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
3047		sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
3048	If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
3049		file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
3050		a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure.  Fix
3051		from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
3052	Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
3053		instead of spaces between arguments.  Problem noted by Randy
3054		Wormser.  Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3055		University.
3056	Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
3057		by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
3058		privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
3059		'sendmail -bs'.
3060	Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
3061		"statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
3062		them in the .cf file.
3063	Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
3064		success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
3065		systems.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
3066		of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
3067	Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
3068		multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
3069	Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
3070		will be added even if one already exists.  Problem noted
3071		by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3072	Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
3073		This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
3074		with commands and then disconnecting.  Previously, the
3075		server would process all of the buffered commands.  Problem
3076		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3077	Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'.  Problem
3078		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3079	If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
3080		last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist.  Otherwise, use
3081		the last temporary (4XX) failure.
3082	RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case.  Patch
3083		from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
3084	Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
3085		prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
3086		site which drops IDENT packets.  Suggested by many.
3087	Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
3088		is available in the in-memory cache.  Problem noted by Per
3089		Hedeland of Ericsson.
3090	mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
3091		representation and a leading backslash.  This avoids problems
3092		with "unprintable" characters.  Problem noted by Michal
3093		Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3094	The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
3095		one character past the limit.  This would cause subsequent
3096		hops to break the line again.  The '!' is now placed in
3097		the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
3098		Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.  Based on fix
3099		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3100	If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
3101		resolver will fall back to TCP.  However, some
3102		misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
3103		fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed.  Therefore,
3104		don't fail on ANY queries.
3105	If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
3106		address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
3107		to the postmaster.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
3108		Northern Illinois University.
3109	Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
3110		specification.  Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
3111		State University.
3112	Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
3113		cached connections.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
3114		Northern Illinois University.
3115	Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
3116		"host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
3117	Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
3118	Portability:
3119		Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
3120			the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
3121			other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
3122			is not available.  Problem noted by Allan E
3123			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3124		AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
3125			This allows network interface probing to work
3126			properly.  Fix from David Bronder of the
3127			University of Iowa.
3128		AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
3129		Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
3130			AIX.  This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
3131			name.
3132		Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
3133		Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
3134			Virginia Tech.
3135		Digital UNIX has uname(2).
3136		GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
3137			Amsterdam.
3138		Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
3139		Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
3140			FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
3141		Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
3142			files.  Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
3143			in building the operating system.  Users can
3144			override the defaults by setting confCC and
3145			confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
3146		IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
3147		Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
3148		Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
3149			of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
3150		Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
3151			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
3152		Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
3153			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
3154		Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
3155			Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
3156		NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support.  From
3157			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3158		NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
3159			_PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
3160			NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
3161		Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
3162		NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
3163			1024 in conf.h.  Since confENVDEF would be used,
3164			use that value in conf.h.
3165		Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name.  From Gerd Knops of
3166			BITart Consulting.
3167		Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
3168			AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
3169			defined.  Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
3170			Computer, Inc.
3171		NeXT portability tweaks.  Problems reported by Dragan
3172			Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
3173			of E I A.
3174		New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
3175			can reuse the same PID in the same second.
3176		New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
3177			fchown(2).
3178		New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
3179			not have random(3).  rand() will be used instead.
3180		New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
3181			srandomdev(3).
3182		New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
3183			setlogin(2).
3184		Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
3185			specific SINIX files.  From Gerald Rinske of
3186			Siemens Business Services.
3187		Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
3188			average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
3189			UNIX).  From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
3190		Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.  Suggested by
3191			Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
3192		Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
3193			Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
3194			Aerospace.
3195		Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
3196			HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
3197			NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
3198		New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
3199			use of getservbyname() on systems which can
3200			not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
3201			HI-UX.  Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
3202			University.
3203		Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x.  Problem noted
3204			by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
3205			Technology Information Network.
3206		make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2.  Problem
3207			noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
3208		Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
3209		Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
3210			and OpenBSD.
3211		A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
3212			of local_hostname_length().  See sendmail/README
3213			for more details.  Problem noted by Allan E
3214			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3215	CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This
3216		affects a large number of files.  See cf/README for more
3217		details.
3218	CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
3219		trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
3220	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
3221	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
3222		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
3223		BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
3224	CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root.  This
3225		requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd').  From Todd C. Miller of
3226		Courtesan Consulting.
3227	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
3228	CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
3229		domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
3230		be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
3231	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
3232		DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
3233		multiple times.
3234	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
3235		mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
3236		with From:).
3237	CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
3238		From:, To:) to enable finer control.
3239	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
3240		routing.  See cf/README for a complete description of the
3241		new functionality.
3242	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
3243		confAUTH_MECHANISMS		AuthMechanisms
3244		confAUTH_OPTIONS		AuthOptions
3245		confCLIENT_OPTIONS		ClientPortOptions
3246		confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME		ControlSocketName
3247		confDEAD_LETTER_DROP		DeadLetterDrop
3248		confDEF_AUTH_INFO		DefaultAuthInfo
3249		confDF_BUFFER_SIZE		DataFileBufferSize
3250		confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC		LDAPDefaultSpec
3251		confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION		MaxAliasRecursion
3252		confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH		MaxHeadersLength
3253		confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH	MaxMimeHeaderLength
3254		confPID_FILE			PidFile
3255		confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX	ProcessTitlePrefix
3256		confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN		RrtImpliesDsn
3257		confTO_CONTROL			Timeout.control
3258		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS		Timeout.resolver.retrans
3259		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3260		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
3261		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY		Timeout.resolver.retry
3262		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3263		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
3264		confTRUSTED_USER		TrustedUser
3265		confXF_BUFFER_SIZE		XscriptFileBufferSize
3266	CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
3267		which takes the options as argument and can be used
3268		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
3269	CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
3270		"dsmtp".  This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
3271		F=% mailer flag described above.  The "dsmtp" mailer
3272		definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
3273		to "IPC $h".
3274	CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
3275		and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
3276		local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
3277	CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
3278		the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer.  The
3279		value should be changed with care.
3280	CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
3281		for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
3282	CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
3283		there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
3284		complain.
3285	CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
3286		to get the old behavior.  Suggested by Joe Pruett
3287		of Q7 Enterprises.
3288	CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
3289		will not be masqueraded.  Proposed by Arne Wichmann
3290		of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
3291		Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
3292	CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
3293		specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
3294		i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
3295		for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
3296		of Northern Illinois University.
3297	CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
3298		FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
3299		a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
3300	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
3301		nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
3302		in it.
3303	CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
3304		in class 'P' ($=P).
3305	CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
3306		can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
3307		FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
3308		class also to entire subdomains.  Hosts in this class are
3309		treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
3310		is added.
3311	CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
3312		include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
3313	CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
3314		genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
3315	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
3316		Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
3317	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups.  Suggested
3318		by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
3319	CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
3320		Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
3321	CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w.  Suggested by Steve
3322		Hubert of University of Washington.
3323	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
3324		GNU is now the canonical system name.  From Mark
3325		Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
3326	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
3327	CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
3328		associated with the option.  From Andrew Brown of
3329		Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
3330	CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer.  Contributed
3331		by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
3332		Services.
3333	CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
3334		names.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
3335		Aerospace.
3336	CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
3337		for the relay mailer.  Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
3338		University and Brian Candler.
3339	CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
3340		header) by default.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3341	CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
3342		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3343		Institute.
3344	CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
3345		i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
3346	CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
3347		who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
3348		is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
3349	CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
3350		after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
3351	CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
3352		feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
3353		sequence maps.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3354	CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
3355		line string for the local mailer.  Requested by Il Oh of
3356		Willamette Industries, Inc.
3357	CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
3358		converted to <user@d>
3359	CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
3360		Sun's older, broken configuration files.
3361	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
3362		normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
3363		performed.
3364	CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
3365		${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
3366		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3367		Institute.
3368	CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
3369		be accessed by their numbers).
3370	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
3371		which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
3372		of an address.
3373	CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
3374		to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
3375		set.  If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
3376		action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
3377	CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
3378		and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
3379		The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
3380	CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
3381		where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
3382	CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
3383	CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
3384		line.  Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3385		Institute.
3386	CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
3387	CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
3388		arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
3389		mailer definition flags.  This makes it possible to use
3390		other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
3391	CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
3392		FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
3393		Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
3394	CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
3395		default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
3396	CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
3397		local mailer.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3398	CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
3399		University of California at Berkeley.
3400	CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
3401		Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3402	CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names.  Patch from
3403		Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
3404	CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3405		Corporation UK.
3406	CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
3407	DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
3408		the Build scripts.  Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
3409		Yale University.
3410	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
3411		be used for building.
3412	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
3413		used for a fresh build.
3414	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
3415	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
3416		ranlib.
3417	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
3418		<path>/obj.*.  Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
3419	DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
3420		building of the man pages when defined.  Suggested by Bryan
3421		Costales.
3422	DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
3423		confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
3424		installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
3425		respectively.  Suggested by Bryan Costales.
3426	DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX.  Patch from Gerald Rinske
3427		of Siemens Business Services.
3428	DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
3429		stdio library.  The new buffered file I/O depends on the
3430		Torek stdio library.  This option can be either portable or
3431		torek.
3432	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
3433		correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
3434		They should contain the C source files for the object files
3435		listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD.  These file names
3436		will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
3437	DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
3438		in the sendmail distribution.  Each has the form
3439		`conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
3440		The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
3441		conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
3442	DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign.  This should have little affect on
3443		building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
3444		are in devtools/README.
3445	DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
3446		exists.  Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3447	DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
3448		the path to the sendmail source directory.  confSRCDIR is a
3449		new variable which identifies the root of the source
3450		directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
3451	DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
3452		time.  They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
3453		macro.
3454	DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
3455	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
3456		build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
3457		Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
3458		directories.  Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
3459		Corporation.
3460	DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
3461		manual pages in the directory tree specified by
3462		confMANROOTMAN.
3463	DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
3464		preformatted pages from the distribution.  The new variable
3465		confCOPY specifies the copying program.
3466	DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
3467		question.  Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
3468		Communications.
3469	DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
3470		of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
3471	DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
3472		operating system identity.  Problem noted by Erik
3473		Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
3474	DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
3475		will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
3476		Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
3477	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
3478		how to strip binaries.  These are used by the new
3479		install-strip target.
3480	DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
3481		the others (if it exists).
3482	DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
3483		then the default ones.
3484	MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root.  To use mail.local
3485		as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
3486		MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
3487		to set the S flag.
3488	MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
3489		accepted by sendmail.  Suggested by Neil Rickert of
3490		Northern Illinois University.
3491	MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
3492		8BITMIME in the LHLO response.  Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
3493		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3494	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
3495		MAILLOCK when compiling.  Also requires linking with
3496		-lmail.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3497		University.
3498	MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
3499		defined when compiling.  Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
3500		and later.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3501		University.
3502	MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
3503		structure to the beginning of the program.  This ensures that
3504		the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
3505		unauthenticated user.  If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
3506		on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
3507		"authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
3508		key."  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3509		University.
3510	MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
3511		set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
3512		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3513	MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
3514		characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
3515		line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
3516		newline).  If an input line was 2047 characters long
3517		(excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
3518		mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
3519		user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
3520		If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
3521		mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
3522		what they have written.  Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
3523		Alcatel Australia Limited.
3524	MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
3525		temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota.  Suggested by
3526		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3527	MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
3528		timeout to avoid starvation.
3529	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
3530		local-parts.  Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
3531		Infinite Monkeys & Co.
3532	MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3533	MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
3534		printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
3535		is reset.  Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
3536		of Maryland.
3537	MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
3538		generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
3539		sendmail configuration file.
3540	MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
3541		configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
3542		option.
3543	MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database.  Based on
3544		code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3545	MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values.  Suggested by Philip
3546		A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
3547	MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems.  Problem
3548		noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
3549	OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
3550		equates.  Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
3551	OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation.  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3552		Corporation UK.
3553	OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
3554		(e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
3555		option was specified on the command line).  Problem noted
3556		by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3557	PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
3558		Berkeley DB.  Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
3559		Institute for Global Communications.
3560	PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
3561		alias file(s) if the -f option is not used.  Patch from
3562		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3563	PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
3564		configuration file to use for finding alias file(s).  Patch
3565		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3566	SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit.  Allow command
3567		lists using || and &&.  Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
3568		of the Institute for Global Communications.
3569	SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system.  From Tim Pierce
3570		of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
3571	VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
3572	LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library.  Works with Berkeley
3573		DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
3574	Changed Files:
3575		The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
3576			no longer symbolic links.  They are now scripts
3577			which execute the actual Build script in
3578			devtools/bin.
3579		All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
3580			-mandoc as they were previously.
3581		Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
3582			of Build will work (unless parameters are
3583			required for Build).
3584	New Directories:
3585		devtools/M4/UNIX
3586		include
3587		libmilter
3588		libsmdb
3589		libsmutil
3590		vacation
3591	Renamed Directories:
3592		BuildTools => devtools
3593		src => sendmail
3594	Deleted Files:
3595		cf/m4/nullrelay.m4
3596		devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
3597		devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
3598		devtools/OS/SINIX
3599		sendmail/ldap_map.h
3600	New Files:
3601		INSTALL
3602		PGPKEYS
3603		cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
3604		cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
3605		cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
3606		cf/feature/dnsbl.m4
3607		cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
3608		cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
3609		cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
3610		cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
3611		cf/mailer/qpage.m4
3612		cf/ostype/bsdi.m4
3613		cf/ostype/hpux11.m4
3614		cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
3615		contrib/bounce-resender.pl
3616		contrib/domainmap.m4
3617		contrib/qtool.8
3618		contrib/qtool.pl
3619		devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
3620		devtools/M4/list.m4
3621		devtools/M4/string.m4
3622		devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
3623		devtools/M4/switch.m4
3624		devtools/OS/Darwin
3625		devtools/OS/GNU
3626		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
3627		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
3628		devtools/OS/m88k
3629		devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
3630		mail.local/Makefile
3631		mailstats/Makefile
3632		makemap/Makefile
3633		praliases/Makefile
3634		rmail/Makefile
3635		sendmail/Makefile
3636		sendmail/bf.h
3637		sendmail/bf_portable.c
3638		sendmail/bf_portable.h
3639		sendmail/bf_torek.c
3640		sendmail/bf_torek.h
3641		sendmail/shmticklib.c
3642		sendmail/statusd_shm.h
3643		sendmail/timers.c
3644		sendmail/timers.h
3645		smrsh/Makefile
3646		vacation/Makefile
3647	Renamed Files:
3648		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
3649		sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
3650		sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
3651		sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
3652		sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
3653		sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
3654		sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
3655		sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
3656		cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
3657	Copied Files:
3658		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
3659
36608.9.3/8.9.3	1999/02/04
3661	SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
3662		of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
3663		service attack.  This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
3664		Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
3665		Schools" project (IdS).
3666	Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
3667		was closed due to an earlier failure.  Problem noted by
3668		Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.  Fix from Booker Bense of
3669		Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3670	Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
3671		when performing the MIME header length check.  This
3672		will allow PGP signatures to function properly.  Problem
3673		noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
3674	If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
3675		the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
3676		broken" error.  Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
3677		Stanley.  Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3678	Allow -T to work for bestmx maps.  Fix from Aaron Schrab of
3679		ExecPC Internet Systems.
3680	During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
3681		TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
3682		for later retry but the failure would be logged as
3683		"Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout.  Problem noted by
3684		Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
3685		and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
3686	Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
3687		F=w mailer flag is not set.  Problem noted by Murray S.
3688		Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
3689		Hedeland of Ericsson.
3690	Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
3691		default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
3692		Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
3693		College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
3694	Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
3695		in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
3696	Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
3697		requiring 354.  This change will match the wording to be
3698		published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
3699		group of the IETF.
3700	Portability:
3701		AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
3702			bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2.  This introduces the
3703			softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
3704			not be used.  It conflicts with the resolver
3705			built into libc.a.  "bind" has been removed
3706			from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
3707			Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
3708			to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
3709			Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
3710			Technical University of Denmark.
3711		CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
3712			Supercomputer Center.
3713		Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
3714			from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
3715			John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
3716			of Stanford University.
3717		Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
3718			between different releases.  Back out the
3719			change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
3720			a timezone.  Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
3721			of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
3722			and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
3723		Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
3724			of Siemens/SNI.
3725		SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3726	CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
3727		timezone.  Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
3728		University of Brno.
3729	CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
3730		when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local).  Patch from Neil W.
3731		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3732	CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
3733		hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:.  Patch from
3734		Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3735	CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value.  Patch from
3736		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
3737	CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
3738		on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
3739		Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3740	CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
3741		cause later checks to fail.  Patch from Paul J Murphy of
3742		MIDS Europe.
3743	New Files:
3744		BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
3745		BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
3746		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
3747
37488.9.2/8.9.2	1998/12/30
3749	SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
3750		due to an accept() failure.  This sleep could be used
3751		for a denial of service attack.
3752	Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
3753		Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
3754	Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
3755		host status.  Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3756		Corporation UK.
3757	Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
3758		Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
3759	Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
3760		Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
3761	Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
3762		noetrn flag.  This is scheduled to change in a future
3763		version of sendmail.  Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
3764		Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
3765		Internet Services.
3766	When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
3767		environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
3768		default domain appended.  Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
3769		Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
3770	Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
3771		'RCPT TO: (comment)'.  Problem noted by Earle Ake of
3772		Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
3773	Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec.  Patch from
3774		Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3775	Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
3776		a segmentation fault.  Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
3777		National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
3778	Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
3779		verification (-bv).  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
3780		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3781	Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
3782		daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
3783		condition.  Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
3784		Internet Services.
3785	Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
3786		in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist.  Problem
3787		noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
3788	Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
3789		Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
3790		its memory pool.  Closing a map opened by another process
3791		will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
3792		parent process leaving things in a bad state.  For
3793		Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
3794		is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
3795		the map file descriptor.  Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
3796		Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
3797		extended testing.
3798	Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
3799		failures.  Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
3800	On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
3801		as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
3802		stop sending output and exit.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen
3803		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3804	In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
3805		are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
3806		failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
3807		Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
3808		Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
3809	Fix by one error reporting on long alias names.  Problem noted by
3810		H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
3811		Network.
3812	Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior.  Problem
3813		noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
3814	When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
3815		be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
3816		boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line.  Problem
3817		noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc.  Fix from
3818		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3819	Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
3820		has enough space for the additional address.  Problem
3821		noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
3822	Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior.  Problem
3823		noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
3824	If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
3825		discard the current recipient.  Unlike check_relay,
3826		check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
3827		discarded.  Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs.  Fix from
3828		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3829	Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
3830		bogus formatting.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3831		Meteorological Institute.
3832	Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
3833	OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers.  Fix
3834		from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
3835	Portability:
3836		Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
3837		Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
3838			option structure.  Problem noted by Ashley M.
3839			Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
3840		Break out IP address to hostname translation for
3841			reading network interface addresses into
3842			class 'w'.  Patch from John Kennedy of
3843			Cal State University, Chico.
3844		AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
3845			from changing the semantics of the compiled
3846			program.  From Simon Travaglia of the
3847			University of Waikato, New Zealand.
3848		FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext().  From
3849			Peter Wemm of DIALix.
3850		FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
3851		IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes.  From
3852			Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
3853		IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
3854		LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
3855			of Sun Microsystems.
3856		Linux does not implement seteuid() properly.  From
3857			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
3858		Linux timezone type was set improperly.  From Takeshi Itoh
3859			of Bits Co., Ltd.
3860		NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS.  From
3861			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3862		NeXT 4.x correction to man page path.  From J. P. McCann
3863			of E I A.
3864		System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
3865			from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
3866			Information Center.
3867		ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
3868			Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3869			Institute.
3870		Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr().  Fix from Henk
3871			van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
3872	CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
3873		Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc.  Fix from
3874		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3875	CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
3876		there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
3877		not be the one in use.  Suggested by Alan Brown of
3878		Manawatu Internet Services.
3879	CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
3880		when stripping down a recipient address to check for
3881		relaying.  Patch from Claus Assmann of
3882		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
3883		of Northern Illinois University.
3884	CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups.  Patch
3885		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
3886		Kiel.
3887	CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
3888		Dot Com.
3889	CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning.  Patch
3890		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
3891		Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3892	CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
3893		user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
3894		checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
3895		used.  Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
3896		Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
3897		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3898	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
3899		stream.  Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
3900	MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP.  Fix
3901		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3902	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP.  Fix from
3903		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3904	MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
3905		the envelope From header.
3906	MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
3907		Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
3908	MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
3909		Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
3910	MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
3911		the -s flag.  Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
3912		Portal Services, Inc.
3913	PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
3914		NULL byte at the end of the key.  Patch from John Beck of
3915		Sun Microsystems.
3916	PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
3917	New Files:
3918		BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
3919		BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
3920		cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
3921		contrib/smcontrol.pl
3922		src/control.c
3923
39248.9.1/8.9.1	1998/07/02
3925	If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
3926		site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
3927		instead of both.  Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
3928		the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
3929	Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
3930		multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
3931		file descriptor.  Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3932		Meteorological Institute.
3933	Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
3934		the header area when parsing MIME headers.  Problem noted
3935		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3936	Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
3937		installation commands.  The man pages would still be
3938		built with .0 extensions.  Problem noted by Bryan
3939		Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
3940	Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
3941		variable.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
3942	If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
3943		were still delivered.  Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
3944	Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
3945		if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
3946		Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
3947	Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
3948		in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
3949		and then back.  Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
3950		University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
3951	Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
3952		set in the PrivacyOptions option.  Fix from Ted Rule of
3953		Flextech TV.
3954	Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
3955		bouncing the message.  Problem noted by David Lindes of
3956		DaveLtd Enterprises.
3957	Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
3958		compilation.  Installation may be done from a read-only
3959		mount.  Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
3960		Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
3961	Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit.  Problem
3962		noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
3963	Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory.  Problem noted
3964		by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
3965	Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
3966		any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
3967		exist.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
3968	Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
3969		gethostbyname().  Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
3970		University.
3971	If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
3972		5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2.  Similarly, for
3973		non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
3974		mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
3975		Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
3976		Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
3977	Portability:
3978		Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
3979			use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
3980			From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
3981			and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
3982		BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions.  From Jeff Polk
3983			of BSDI.
3984		DomainOS detection for Build.  Also, version 10.4 and later
3985			ship a unistd.h.  Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
3986			PICT Inc.
3987		NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages.  From
3988			J. P. McCann of E I A.
3989		SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support.  From Vlado Potisk
3990			of TEMPEST, Ltd.
3991	CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
3992		qualification.  Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
3993		Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
3994		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3995	CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
3996		BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
3997		Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
3998	CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
3999		messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>.  LMTP
4000		would not accept @@hostname.
4001	OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
4002		Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
4003	RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
4004		as this rmail isn't the same as others.  Suggested by
4005		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4006	New Files:
4007		BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
4008
40098.9.0/8.9.0	1998/05/19
4010	SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
4011		readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
4012		class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
4013		(i.e., group or world writable) directory paths.  Sites
4014		which need the ability to override security can use the
4015		DontBlameSendmail option.  See the README file for more
4016		information.
4017	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
4018		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
4019		This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
4020		world writable directories.
4021	SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
4022		it is in a world writable directory.
4023	SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
4024		tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
4025		Unfortunately this breaks -v mode.  Problem noted by
4026		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
4027		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
4028	SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
4029		prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
4030		privileges.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
4031	SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
4032		gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
4033		that has a non-zero uid.  If none of these exist, sendmail
4034		reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
4035		This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
4036		uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon.  If DefaultUser
4037		is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
4038		default.
4039	SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
4040		interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
4041		RunAsUser option.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
4042		the University of Maryland.
4043	Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Based on patch from John Kennedy
4044		of Cal State University, Chico.
4045	Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB).  Users
4046		which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
4047		current version of Berkeley DB.
4048	Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
4049		From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
4050	Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
4051		UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
4052		of Maryland.
4053	Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
4054		configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
4055		do not have getusershell().  Fix from John Beck of Sun
4056		Microsystems.
4057	On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
4058		argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
4059		last argument was either "-q" or "-d".  Problem noted by
4060		Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
4061	Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
4062		mail.local on the F=z flag.
4063	Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile.  Previously this was
4064		only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
4065		macro expansion.  Now $x will be expanded.  This means that
4066		real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
4067	TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
4068		reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
4069		Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
4070		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
4071		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
4072	DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
4073		would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
4074		Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
4075		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4076	Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
4077		valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM.  Fix from Andreas Luik
4078		of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
4079	Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules.  This eliminates
4080		the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
4081		to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
4082	Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
4083		recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
4084		transaction.  After this number is reached, sendmail
4085		starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
4086		commands.  This can be used to limit the number of recipients
4087		per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
4088		for spamming).  Note: a better approach is to restrict
4089		relaying entirely.
4090	Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
4091		to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
4092		avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
4093		Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
4094	Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters.  For example,
4095		'-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
4096		bar in their address.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
4097		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4098	The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
4099		passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag.  This can be
4100		used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
4101		of a message.  This can be used to help prevent relaying.
4102		Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
4103	Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
4104		sender for those failures.
4105	Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
4106		preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
4107		has been determined.  Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
4108		Technical University of Braunschweig.  Patch from Per Hedeland
4109		of Ericsson.
4110	Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
4111		when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
4112		output easier to decipher.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
4113		of Procter & Gamble.
4114	The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
4115		given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
4116		solely the argument in error.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
4117		of Procter & Gamble.
4118	New DontBlameSendmail option.  This option allows administrators to
4119		bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
4120		of system security.  This should only be used if you are
4121		absolutely sure you know the consequences.  The available
4122		DontBlameSendmail options are:
4123			Safe
4124			AssumeSafeChown
4125			ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
4126			ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
4127			GroupWritableDirPathSafe
4128			GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
4129			GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
4130			GroupWritableAliasFile
4131			HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
4132			WorldWritableAliasFile
4133			ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
4134			IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
4135			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
4136			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
4137			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
4138			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
4139			MapInUnsafeDirPath
4140			LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
4141			LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
4142			LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
4143			LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
4144			LinkedMapInWritableDir
4145			LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
4146			FileDeliveryToHardLink
4147			FileDeliveryToSymLink
4148			WriteMapToHardLink
4149			WriteMapToSymLink
4150			WriteStatsToHardLink
4151			WriteStatsToSymLink
4152			RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
4153			RunWritableProgram
4154	New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
4155		interface names in $=w on startup.  In particular, if you
4156		have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
4157		startup.  However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
4158		sent to those addresses will be bounced.
4159	Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
4160		AutoRebuildAliases is set.
4161	Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
4162		Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
4163	Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
4164	When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
4165		a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
4166		and compare results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup
4167		fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
4168		surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
4169	New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
4170		(i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
4171		contrast to the success case).
4172	New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax.  A config line
4173		of the form:
4174			HHeader: $>Ruleset
4175		causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
4176		when read.  This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
4177		that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
4178	Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
4179		from hiding their connection information in Received:
4180		headers.
4181	When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
4182		are skipped.  This will cause the delivering process to
4183		try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
4184		hosts are available.  Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
4185	The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
4186		A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u.  It also
4187		obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
4188		7/8 bit conversion flags.  This is useful for defining
4189		a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
4190		recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
4191	Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
4192		if the remote connection closes the socket before the
4193		remote identity can be queried.
4194	Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
4195		Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
4196		uid is left unchanged by sendmail.  Problem noted by Per
4197		Hedeland of Ericsson.
4198	No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
4199		is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
4200		some of the details are determined dynamically via
4201		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
4202	The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
4203		mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
4204		the new Build method which creates an operating system
4205		specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
4206	Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
4207		a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
4208		same host).  This is necessary if the remote host sends
4209		a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
4210		as is common in anti-spam configurations.  Problem noted
4211		by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
4212	New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
4213		rulesets.  If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
4214		$#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
4215		message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
4216		This means that even if only one of the recipients
4217		resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
4218		will receive the mail.  Suggested by Brian Kantor.
4219	All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
4220		instead of being delivered.  Problem noted by John Caruso
4221		of CNET: The Computer Network.
4222	Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
4223	Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
4224		an error.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4225	Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
4226		hostname via NetInfo.  Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
4227	Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
4228		macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
4229		rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
4230		Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
4231	If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
4232		error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
4233		in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
4234		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4235	Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
4236		before calling the check_relay ruleset.  Suggested by Scott
4237		Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4238	Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
4239		exit code of 79.  Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
4240		Internet.  Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
4241		Institute.
4242	Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
4243		mail.local.
4244	Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
4245		R$*	$( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $).  Patch from
4246		Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
4247	Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
4248		which have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
4249		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4250	Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
4251		address test mode (-bt).  Problem noted by Bryan Costales
4252		of InfoBeat, Inc.
4253	-qR could sometimes match names incorrectly.  Problem noted by
4254		Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
4255	Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
4256		mailstats command.
4257	Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
4258		StatusFile for display by the mailstats command.  Patch
4259		from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
4260	IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
4261		user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
4262		username@site to differentiate the two.  Suggested by
4263		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4264	Enforce timeout for LDAP queries.  Patch from Per Hedeland of
4265		Ericsson.
4266	Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
4267		replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes.  Also
4268		avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots.  Fix from
4269		Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
4270	If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
4271		queue entry five times before giving up.  Previously, it
4272		was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
4273		to run out of inodes.  Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
4274		Stratus Computer, Inc.
4275	In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
4276		currently supported version.
4277	Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive.  Patch
4278		from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
4279	Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
4280		the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
4281		it contains characters which must be quoted.  Problem noted
4282		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4283	Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
4284		releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
4285		In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
4286		message in error bounces.
4287	Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
4288		accompanying text.  Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
4289		Digital Equipment Corporation.
4290	Portability:
4291		AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
4292			of Kyoto University.
4293		AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>.  Patch from
4294			Randall S. Winchester of the University of
4295			Maryland.
4296		AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
4297		CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
4298			in Finland.
4299		Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
4300			disk space.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
4301			the University of Maryland.
4302		HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
4303			Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
4304		IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4305			Meteorological Institute.
4306		IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
4307			of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
4308		IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
4309		IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
4310		QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
4311		SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
4312			to sendmail.  Install with group bin instead of kmem
4313			as kmem does not exist.  From Guillermo Freige of
4314			Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
4315			Fischer of BTG, Inc.
4316		SunOS 4.X does not include memmove().  Patch from
4317			Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4318		SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
4319			load average.  Patch from John Beck of Sun
4320			Microsystems.
4321	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
4322	CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
4323		map for the various maps.  The default is hash.  Patch from
4324		Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
4325	CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
4326		directory for certain programs.
4327	CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
4328		local mail delivery.  By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
4329		is used.  This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
4330		with 8.9 which is LMTP capable.  The path is based on the
4331		new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
4332	CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
4333		FEATURE(smrsh).  Note that this changes the default from
4334		/usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh.  To obtain the
4335		old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
4336	CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
4337		include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
4338		the user to setup different .forward files for
4339		user+detail addressing.
4340	CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
4341		and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
4342		DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
4343	CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
4344		from outside your domain and sending it to another host
4345		outside your domain).
4346	CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
4347		any site to any site.
4348	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
4349		domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
4350	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
4351		the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
4352	CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
4353		feature.  This database gives you the ability to allow
4354		or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
4355		administrative reasons.  By default, names that are listed
4356		as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
4357	CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
4358		used for class 'R'.  Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
4359	CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
4360		to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
4361	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
4362		of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
4363		host names only.
4364	CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check).  Normally, if a recipient
4365		using % addressing is used, e.g.  user%site@othersite,
4366		and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
4367		will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
4368		This feature changes that behavior.  It should not be
4369		needed for most installations.
4370	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
4371		domain portion of the mail sender is a local host.  This
4372		should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
4373		a window for spammers.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
4374		the University of Maryland.
4375	CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
4376		block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
4377		usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
4378	CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
4379		refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
4380		be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
4381	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
4382		unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
4383	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
4384		MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
4385	CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
4386		Realtime Blackhole List.  You can specify the RBL name
4387		server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
4388		The default is rbl.maps.vix.com.  For details, see
4389		http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
4390	CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
4391		Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
4392		check_rcpt.  Users with local rulesets should place the
4393		rules using LOCAL_RULESETS.  If a Local_check_* ruleset
4394		returns $#OK, the message is accepted.  If the ruleset
4395		returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
4396		the return of the ruleset is ignored.
4397	CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
4398		default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
4399	CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
4400		pick the proper default value.  See the SECURITY note
4401		above for more information.
4402	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
4403		no-op.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4404		Meteorological Institute.
4405	CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
4406		daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
4407		sender if run as mailnull.  See the Digital UNIX section
4408		of src/README for more information.  Problem noted by
4409		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4410	CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
4411		.mc files instead of in the obj directory.
4412	CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
4413		confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
4414		setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
4415		MustQuoteChars respectively.
4416	MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout.  This
4417		SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
4418		status on a per-user basis.  Code donated by John Myers of
4419		CMU (now of Netscape).
4420	MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
4421		University of Maryland.  NOTE: mail.local is not
4422		compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format.  Be sure to
4423		read mail.local/README.
4424	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
4425		mailbox lock.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
4426		University of Maryland.
4427	MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
4428		University, Chico.
4429	MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4430		Meteorological Institute.
4431	MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
4432		in the StatusFile.  Patch from Randall Winchester of the
4433		University of Maryland.
4434	MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
4435		such as linked files in world writable directories.
4436	MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
4437	PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
4438	PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support.  Problem
4439		noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
4440		Braunschweig.
4441	RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms.  Patches from
4442		Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
4443		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4444	Changed Files:
4445		src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
4446			the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
4447		src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
4448	New Files:
4449		BuildTools/M4/header.m4
4450		BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
4451		BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
4452		BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
4453		BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
4454		BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
4455		BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
4456		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
4457		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
4458		BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
4459		BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
4460		BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
4461		BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
4462		BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
4463		BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
4464		BuildTools/OS/QNX
4465		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
4466		BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
4467		BuildTools/README
4468		BuildTools/Site/README
4469		BuildTools/bin/Build
4470		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
4471		BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
4472		BuildTools/bin/install.sh
4473		Makefile
4474		cf/cf/Build
4475		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
4476		cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
4477		cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
4478		cf/feature/access_db.m4
4479		cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
4480		cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
4481		cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
4482		cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
4483		cf/feature/rbl.m4
4484		cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
4485		cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
4486		cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
4487		cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
4488		cf/ostype/qnx.m4
4489		contrib/doublebounce.pl
4490		mail.local/Build
4491		mail.local/Makefile.m4
4492		mail.local/README
4493		mailstats/Build
4494		mailstats/Makefile.m4
4495		makemap/Build
4496		makemap/Makefile.m4
4497		praliases/Build
4498		praliases/Makefile.m4
4499		rmail/Build
4500		rmail/Makefile.m4
4501		rmail/rmail.0
4502		smrsh/Build
4503		smrsh/Makefile.m4
4504		src/Build
4505		src/Makefile.m4
4506		src/snprintf.c
4507	Deleted Files:
4508		cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
4509		mail.local/Makefile
4510		mail.local/Makefile.dist
4511		mailstats/Makefile
4512		mailstats/Makefile.dist
4513		makemap/Makefile
4514		makemap/Makefile.dist
4515		praliases/Makefile
4516		praliases/Makefile.dist
4517		rmail/Makefile
4518		smrsh/Makefile
4519		smrsh/Makefile.dist
4520		src/Makefile
4521		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
4522		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
4523			(renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
4524		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
4525	Renamed Files:
4526		READ_ME => README
4527		cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
4528		cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
4529		src/READ_ME => src/README
4530
45318.8.8/8.8.8	1997/10/24
4532	If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
4533		incorrectly.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4534		Meteorological Institute.
4535	If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
4536		add additional bounces to it.  Problem noted by Thomas J.
4537		Arseneault of SRI International.
4538	If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
4539		connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
4540		Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
4541	Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
4542		to internal form.  Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
4543	EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
4544		User unknown with bogus delay= values.  Change them to log
4545		the same as compliant addresses.  Problem noted by Kari E.
4546		Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4547	Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
4548		option for resolver.  Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
4549		River Systems.
4550	If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
4551		protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
4552		closed but the persistent host status file would not be
4553		unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
4554		that host.  Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4555	If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
4556		the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
4557		attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
4558		queue run regardless of MinQueueAge.  Problem noted by
4559		Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
4560	Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
4561		"Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
4562		with the incorrect timestamp.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
4563		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4564	Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
4565	Log null connections on dropped connections.  Problem noted by
4566		Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
4567	If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
4568		reopen the map.  Previously, they could give stale
4569		results during a single message processing (but would
4570		recover when the next message was received).  Fix from
4571		Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
4572	Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
4573		requests.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
4574		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4575	Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
4576		recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
4577		message is accepted.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
4578		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4579	Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
4580		sendmail via a UNIX pipe.  This will allow rulesets using
4581		$&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
4582		dequote.  Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
4583	A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
4584		and the inability to save a bounce message to
4585		/var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
4586		to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
4587		queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
4588		queue was run.  Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
4589		Associates.
4590	Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS.  There are
4591		no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
4592		sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
4593		could cause confusing error messages.
4594	Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
4595		rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad.  This
4596		behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
4597		the entire message.  Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
4598		SuperNet, Inc.
4599	Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file.  Suggested by
4600		Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4601	Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
4602		mailers.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
4603		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4604	An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
4605		for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
4606		dropped.
4607	Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
4608		a HUP signal.  This will give room for the process title.
4609		Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
4610	Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
4611		support flock locking and runs out of processes during
4612		delivery.  Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
4613	Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
4614		Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4615		Institute.
4616	Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
4617		rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
4618		are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
4619		Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
4620	Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
4621		bounce messages.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
4622		RUS University of Stuttgart.
4623	Minor lint fixes.
4624	Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
4625		search returns an error.  This will allow sequenced maps which
4626		use other LDAP servers to be checked.  Fix from Booker Bense
4627		of Stanford University.
4628	When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
4629		not pad bare linefeeds with a space.  Problem noted by Theo
4630		Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
4631	Portability:
4632		Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
4633			conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
4634			setproctitle().  Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
4635			Electronic Data Systems.
4636		AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation.  Reported by Jim
4637			Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
4638		BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
4639		Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
4640			loader environment variables into the loader memory
4641			area.  If one of these environment variables (such as
4642			LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
4643			an invalid memory address would be used by the process
4644			title routine causing memory corruption.  Problem
4645			noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
4646		GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
4647			chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
4648			not permit file giveaways.  Problem noted by
4649			Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
4650		IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes.  Reported by
4651			Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
4652		Linux: Pad process title with NULLs.  Problem noted by
4653			Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
4654		SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
4655			incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
4656			Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
4657			Services.
4658		SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
4659			Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
4660		Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
4661			used on a Solaris machine.  Problem noted by
4662			Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
4663		CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
4664			Services VAS.
4665	MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
4666	CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
4667	OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
4668			Ericsson.
4669
46708.8.7/8.8.7	1997/08/03
4671	If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
4672		an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
4673		except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
4674		rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
4675		exist would fail.  Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
4676		GmbH.
4677	Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
4678		Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute
4679		of Technology, Stockholm.
4680	Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
4681		some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
4682		routines during compilation.  If using TCP Wrappers, assume
4683		that these routines are included as though they were in the
4684		C library.  Patch from Robert La Ferla.
4685	When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
4686		used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
4687		duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
4688		Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
4689	In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
4690		mail was passed on without any recipient header.  This could
4691		cause problems downstream.  Problem noted by Xander Jansen
4692		of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
4693	Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail.  GDBM's locking and
4694		linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
4695		locking and security checks.  Problems noted by Fyodor
4696		Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
4697	Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
4698	Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
4699		gethostbyaddr found no value.  Also, ignore any returns
4700		from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
4701	If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
4702		"may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
4703		have to assume that the information is good.
4704	In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
4705		open or locked.
4706	Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
4707	Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
4708		errors during testing.
4709	Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
4710		printed in the error message.
4711	If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
4712		missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
4713	Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
4714		DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
4715		had a .forward file.  From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
4716	On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
4717		file giveaway was undefined.  From Tetsu Ushijima of the
4718		Tokyo Institute of Technology.
4719	Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
4720		lost (so only the header was delivered).  This only occurs
4721		on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
4722		runner runs during a critical section in another message
4723		delivery.  Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
4724		Results Computing.
4725	If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
4726		(wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
4727		exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
4728		once, it would be tried on every queue run.  Problem noted
4729		by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
4730	If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
4731		include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
4732		This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
4733		This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
4734		theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
4735		it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
4736		same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
4737		garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
4738		has changed.  As a practical matter this is not a security
4739		problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
4740		and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
4741		have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
4742		simultaneously.
4743	Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
4744		use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
4745	Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
4746		transaction to clear the entire transaction.  Problem
4747		noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
4748	Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
4749		a trailing slash.  (And a pox on vendors that decide to
4750		ignore the established conventions!)  Problem noted by
4751		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4752	Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
4753		(intended for IPv6).  Patches are from John Kennedy of
4754		CSU Chico.
4755	In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
4756		an extra space at the beginning of some lines.  Problem
4757		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
4758		on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
4759	Portability:
4760		Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
4761			with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition.  Note that
4762			the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
4763			be used instead.
4764		AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>.  Patch from Gene Rackow
4765			of Argonne National Laboratory.
4766		OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
4767		RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
4768		SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c.  From
4769			James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
4770		Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
4771			in Makefiles.
4772		Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
4773			Makefiles.  Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
4774		NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
4775			exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
4776			Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
4777			around the problem.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of
4778			NCR Corp.
4779		HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API.  Problem
4780			noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
4781		UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro.  Problem
4782			noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
4783			Resource Network
4784		SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
4785			the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
4786			getsockname, and getsockopt.  Adds new compile flags
4787			SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.  Problem reported
4788			by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
4789			Mental Health Center Residential Services.
4790		AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
4791			Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
4792			Corp.
4793		Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
4794			#define both setjmp and longjmp.  Problem pointed out
4795			by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
4796		CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
4797			from Christopher Durham of SCO.
4798		CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
4799			/etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
4800			configuration.  Patch from Dennis Glatting of
4801			PlainTalk.
4802	CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
4803		time.  Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions.  Suggested
4804		by Harry Styron.
4805	CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc.  These
4806		are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
4807	MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
4808	MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
4809		telling more details on what actually changed when "file
4810		changed after open".
4811	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files.  Support multiple Fw
4812		files.
4813	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
4814	NEW FILES:
4815		src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
4816		src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
4817		test/t_exclopen.c
4818		cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
4819	DELETED FILES:
4820		Makefile
4821
48228.8.6/8.8.6	1997/06/14
4823	    *************************************************************
4824	    * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI	*
4825	    * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated.	*
4826	    * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward	*
4827	    * continued sendmail development.				*
4828	    *************************************************************
4829	SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
4830		mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
4831		points nowhere.  This makes it possible to create a root
4832		owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
4833		into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
4834		determined that the file did not exist.  The only verified
4835		example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
4836		and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07.  Most
4837		systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
4838		of a file disallows symbolic links.  Systems that have been
4839		verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
4840		DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
4841		and Ultrix.  This is a potential exposure on systems that
4842		have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
4843		pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
4844		mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
4845	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
4846		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
4847		If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
4848		is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
4849		(or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
4850		another database; this can be used either to expose
4851		information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
4852		and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
4853		(by trashing the password database).  The fix disallows
4854		symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
4855		maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
4856		writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
4857		directories to be fatal errors.  This does not represent an
4858		exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
4859		system directories.
4860	SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
4861		or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
4862		path) is writable by anyone other than the owner.  This is
4863		similar to the previous case for user files.  This change
4864		should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
4865		an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
4866		files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
4867	SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
4868		have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
4869		are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
4870		away files.  The new rules are very strict, trusting file
4871		ownership only in those few cases where the system has
4872		been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
4873		However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
4874		trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
4875		group writable.  This might allow someone who has a legitimate
4876		:include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
4877		become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
4878		non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
4879		the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
4880		actually permitted.  I believe this to be a very small set
4881		of cases.  If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
4882		NFS-mounted filesystems.
4883	SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
4884		(e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
4885		Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
4886		group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
4887		The user id was still set properly.  Problem noted by Uli
4888		Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
4889	Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
4890		PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set.  Problem reported
4891		by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
4892	Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
4893		failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
4894		same host).
4895	IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
4896		affect any options that came after the route option.  Patch
4897		from Theo de Raadt.
4898	The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
4899		back to the sender.  Problem reported by Stephen More of
4900		PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4901	Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
4902		of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
4903		Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
4904	Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
4905		occur at the beginning of the stream.  Patch contributed by
4906		Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4907	Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
4908		a signal handler.  Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
4909		Microsystems.
4910	Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
4911		will have the latest version of the map data.  Problem noted
4912		by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4913	If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
4914		too large) don't send the bogus message.
4915	Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
4916		have errors and have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Michael
4917		Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4918	Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
4919		multipart/mixed Content-Type: header.  Problem noted by
4920		Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
4921	Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
4922		ErrorMode is not set to "print".  Fix from Gregory Neil
4923		Shapiro.
4924	Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
4925		that could not be opened.  Based on a fix from John Beck of
4926		Sun Microsystems.
4927	If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
4928		a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
4929		pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
4930		with a "host unknown" error.  Note that this should really
4931		be fixed in the zone file for the domain.  Problem noted by
4932		Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
4933	If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
4934		the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
4935		run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
4936		retry immediately.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
4937		Mercury Mail.
4938	If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
4939		will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
4940		"Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
4941		Morgan Stanley.
4942	If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
4943		sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
4944		run, abort the queue run immediately.  Problem noted by
4945		Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
4946	The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
4947		number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
4948		non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
4949		none of the queue was processed.  The updated algorithm
4950		does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
4951		not be run.
4952	If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
4953		die immediately, never hold the error message for future
4954		printing.
4955	Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
4956		regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
4957		configuration file.  Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4958	New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
4959		routine available in one of the libraries.  Use it in conf.h.
4960	The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
4961	If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
4962		this and reopen the map.  Previously, they could give
4963		erroneous results during a single message processing
4964		(but would recover when the next message was received).
4965	Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
4966		files are at least ten minutes old.  This avoids a potential
4967		race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
4968		a file descriptor.  The queue runner locks it and deletes it
4969		because it is zero length.  The creator then writes the
4970		descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
4971		job goes away.  Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
4972	When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
4973		(A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
4974		results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
4975		address as "may be forged".
4976	Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
4977		substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
4978		"substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
4979	Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
4980		This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
4981		or write is ever actually attempted.  Patch from Villy Kruse
4982		of TwinCom.
4983	If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
4984		allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
4985		was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
4986		is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
4987	Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
4988		in the body.  Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
4989		Plasma Physics Laboratory.
4990	Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
4991		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4992		Institute.
4993	The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
4994		documented.  Note that this increases the potential denial
4995		of service problems with this option: an attacker can
4996		connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
4997		as incoming connections.  If you use this option, you should
4998		run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
4999		to avoid this attack.  Failure to limit noted by Matthew
5000		Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
5001	Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
5002		opened instead of failing silently.  Suggested by Gregory
5003		Neil Shapiro.  This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
5004		book (2nd edition).
5005	Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
5006		if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
5007		instead of queueing.  Treat this like TRY_AGAIN.  Fix from
5008		John Beck of SunSoft.
5009	If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
5010		in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
5011		Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
5012	Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
5013		of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
5014	Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
5015		immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
5016	Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping.  Patch
5017		from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
5018	Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes.  Previously these were
5019		partially processed, which could cause confusing error
5020		returns.
5021	Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
5022		on some architectures.
5023	Portability:
5024		A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
5025		glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
5026			thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM.  Only option seems
5027			to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
5028			defined.  Problem reported by A Sun of the University
5029			of Washington.
5030		Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
5031			the system rather than guessing at compile time.
5032			Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5033		Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
5034		GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
5035		RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
5036		ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
5037			Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
5038			but there appears to be no fix for this.  Patch from
5039			Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5040		BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
5041		Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
5042			high order bit set to apparently randomly match
5043			letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
5044			Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
5045			Cambridge.
5046		IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x.  From
5047			Kari Hurtta.
5048		IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
5049			IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
5050			IRIX Makefile).
5051		IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
5052			Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5053	CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
5054		even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set.  Problem pointed out by
5055		Brian Candler.
5056	CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
5057		local names as local.  Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
5058		fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5059	CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
5060		"mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
5061		for the $h macro.  Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5062	CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
5063		MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY.  Patch from Philip
5064		Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
5065	CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
5066		rules are the same as for aliasing.  Based on a patch from
5067		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5068	CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
5069		have no functional change in this release, but makes it
5070		possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
5071	CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
5072		HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
5073		In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
5074		Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
5075		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5076	CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
5077		MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
5078		don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit).  Suggestions
5079		from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
5080	CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
5081		being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
5082		was specified, even when it wasn't.
5083	MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf.  From John Beck of SunSoft.
5084	MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
5085		"slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
5086		exclusive open.  This is only a problem on System V derived
5087		systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
5088		symbolic links pointing nowhere.
5089	MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
5090		not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
5091		later mailboxes to fail.  Also, any partial message would
5092		not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
5093		Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
5094		developers).
5095	MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0.  A similar
5096		change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3.  Problem
5097		noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5098	MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
5099		symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
5100		often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
5101		sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
5102	MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
5103		NEXTSTEP.
5104	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
5105		Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
5106		name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w).  Other
5107		miscellaneous bug fixes.  From Christian von Roques via
5108		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5109	CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta.  This
5110		Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
5111		file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
5112		lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
5113		for system accounts.
5114	NEW FILES:
5115		src/safefile.c
5116		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
5117		cf/ostype/irix6.m4
5118		contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
5119		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
5120		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
5121	RENAMED FILES:
5122		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 =>	Makefile.IRIX.6.x
5123		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 =>	Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
5124
51258.8.5/8.8.5	1997/01/21
5126	SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup.  Without this, sendmail
5127		will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
5128		even if RunAsUser is specified.
5129	SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only.  This is not in response
5130		to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
5131		Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5132	SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
5133		security implications.  Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
5134		University of Pennsylvania.
5135	Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
5136		would truncate the address after "Full".  Although the -f
5137		syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
5138		shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
5139		was unnecessarily awful.
5140	Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
5141		to a 7-bit format.  Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
5142		Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
5143	Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
5144		runs.  Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
5145		final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
5146		it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
5147		bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
5148		Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5149	_Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
5150		module.  Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5151	Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
5152		files if the configuration file is safe.  Based on a
5153		patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5154	ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
5155		run completed.  Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
5156		Semiconductor Corp.
5157	It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
5158		does _not_ log rejected connections.  Do the logging ourselves.
5159		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
5160		at Austin.
5161	If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
5162		version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
5163		error is reported on every queue run.  Change it to only
5164		give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf).  Patch from
5165		William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
5166	Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
5167		ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
5168		some problems if a background process tried to send mail
5169		under certain circumstances.  Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
5170		of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
5171	Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
5172		load average is >= the queueing load average.  Previously
5173		the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
5174		to essentially never skip the queue run.  Patch from Bryan
5175		Costales.
5176	If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
5177		rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
5178		(25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
5179		you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack.  Based
5180		on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
5181	Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
5182		this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
5183		The current values and defaults are:
5184		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
5185		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
5186		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
5187		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
5188		These will probably be configurable in a future release.
5189	On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
5190		that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
5191		the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
5192	In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored.  Problem noted
5193		by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5194	Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
5195		the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
5196		line dropped.  Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
5197		clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
5198		to be a better "fail soft" approach.  Based on a patch from
5199		Eric Hagberg.
5200	If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
5201		bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
5202		first" error message.  Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
5203		of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
5204	Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
5205		in PrivacyOptions.  The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
5206		Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
5207		based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5208	Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
5209		in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
5210		a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
5211		through.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
5212		Communications.
5213	In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
5214		had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
5215		Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
5216		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5217	Give better diagnostics on long alias lines.  Based on code contributed
5218		by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
5219	Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
5220		alternate names.  Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
5221	PORTABILITY:
5222		UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
5223			Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
5224		SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
5225			Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
5226		SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5227		Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
5228			Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
5229			(Moscow).
5230		OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
5231		Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
5232		Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
5233		Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
5234		Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
5235			of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
5236	CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
5237		_just_right_ yet.  Tweak it again.  I'll omit the names
5238		of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
5239		As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
5240		Received: line.
5241	CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
5242		it never inserts that class into the output file.  Fix it
5243		so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
5244		automatically in this class.  Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
5245		of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale
5246		Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
5247	CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
5248		such as LUSER_RELAY.  This change permits the following
5249		syntaxes:  ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
5250		local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
5251		``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
5252		go to user on the local machone).  ``local:user'' will send
5253		to the named user on the local machine.  ``local:user@host''
5254		is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored).  In
5255		all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
5256		detail information).  Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
5257	CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
5258		indication.  This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
5259		to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''.  Note the use
5260		of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
5261		Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5262	OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
5263		NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
5264		Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
5265	OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
5266		a duplex printer.  From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
5267		Long Beach.
5268
52698.8.4/8.8.4	1996/12/02
5270	SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
5271		permissions by hard linking to files that were group
5272		writable by the attacker.  The solution is to disallow any
5273		files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
5274		:include:, and output files.  Problem noted by Terry
5275		Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services.  As a
5276		workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
5277	SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
5278		is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
5279		MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list.  There
5280		is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
5281		Problem noted by Dan Bernstein.  Also, make the DontInitGroups
5282		unsafe.  I know of no specific attack against this, although
5283		a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
5284		you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
5285		the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
5286	Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
5287		directories somehow became empty.  Problem noted by Roy
5288		Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5289	Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
5290		This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
5291		Problem noted by several people.
5292	On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
5293		and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
5294		SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem noted
5295		by several people.
5296	Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
5297		gcc to high warning levels).  From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
5298	SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
5299		not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
5300		message rather than the host.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon
5301		of Best Internet Communications.
5302	The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers.  Problem noted by Tom Moore
5303		of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
5304	Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
5305		(including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
5306		had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
5307		to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
5308		Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
5309	If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
5310		rescheduled (so queue runs would stop).  Patch from Don Lewis.
5311	Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
5312		status code.  Problem noted by Don Lewis.
5313	Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
5314		Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5315	Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
5316		already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
5317		K line, and the documentation.  Inconsistency pointed out
5318		by Roy Mongiovi.
5319	Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode.  Patch from
5320		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5321	Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
5322		it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
5323		caused stale information to be maintained.  Based on a patch
5324		from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc.  Also, have
5325		ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
5326	Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
5327		host status file condition.  Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
5328		of Kyoto University.
5329	Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
5330		conditions from Don Lewis.
5331	Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
5332		compile errors).  This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
5333		0/1 compilation flags.  Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
5334		compile flag; use NETINET instead.  Solution based on a
5335		patch from Bryan Costales.
5336	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5337		AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
5338			/etc/security/passwd file when called as root.  This
5339			is very slow on some systems.  To speed it up, use the
5340			(undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
5341			Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
5342		SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile.  Patch from Bill
5343			Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
5344		NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile.  Patch
5345			from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
5346		SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems.  Patches from Andrew Cole of
5347			Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
5348			of Tokyo.
5349		DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
5350			Services, Inc.
5351		Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
5352			I believe this to have only been a problem if you
5353			compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
5354			to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
5355		Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
5356			Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien.
5357	CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
5358		than one long one.  By popular demand.
5359	MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems.  Patch
5360		from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
5361	MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
5362		to take a very long time.  Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
5363		of NTT Software Corporation.
5364	CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
5365	NEW FILES:
5366		contrib/etrn.pl
5367
53688.8.3/8.8.3	1996/11/17
5369	SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
5370		about argv[0] and then sending it a signal.  Problem noted
5371		by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
5372		best-of-security list.
5373	Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
5374		(%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
5375		should make it clearer to people that they are running
5376		the wrong binary.
5377	Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
5378		do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
5379		the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
5380		"451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem
5381		noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
5382	When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
5383		lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
5384		with space at the end of the line.  Problem noted by Steve
5385		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5386	7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
5387		Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
5388	Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
5389		size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
5390		answers containing very many resource records.  The resolver
5391		may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
5392		overflow.  Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
5393		routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
5394		*un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
5395		not big enough to accommodate the entire answer.  Patch from
5396		Eric Wassenaar.
5397	Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code.  If you think you have too
5398		many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
5399		are still around.  Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
5400		Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
5401		pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
5402		due to a race condition.  Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
5403		UUNET.
5404	On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
5405		O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
5406		thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
5407		Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero.  Problem noted by
5408		Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
5409	Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
5410		allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
5411		it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored.  Patch from
5412		Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
5413	Improvements to host status printing code.  Suggested by Steve Hubert
5414		of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5415	Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
5416		when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
5417		avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
5418		Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
5419	When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
5420		properly escaped.  Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
5421		University of Linkoping.
5422	In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
5423		runs even if RunAsUser was set.  Problem noted by Mark
5424		Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
5425	If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
5426		actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
5427		the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
5428		the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
5429		other end.
5430	The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
5431		user id was numeric.  Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
5432		MCI Telecommunications Communications.
5433	If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
5434		the message was included in the bounce.  Note that this did
5435		not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size.  Problem
5436		reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5437	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5438		AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
5439			AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
5440			works on 4.1 as well as 4.2.  Problem noted by
5441			H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
5442		AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
5443			Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
5444		MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
5445			Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
5446		Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
5447			This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
5448			The outline of the implementation was contributed
5449			by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
5450		HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
5451			declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
5452			change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
5453			which is apparently the only compiler that requires
5454			it in the first place.  Problem noted by Jeff
5455			Earickson of Colby College.
5456		IRIX: don't default to using gcc.  IRIX is a civilized
5457			operating system that comes with a decent compiler
5458			by default.  Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
5459			Kari Hurtta.
5460	CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
5461		consistency with other local mailers.  Inconsistency
5462		pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
5463	CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
5464		overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
5465		domain part was dropped from the name.  Patch from Steve
5466		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5467	CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
5468		end up being translated to the null host name, which would
5469		return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
5470		of the line.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
5471		University of Washington, Seattle.
5472	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4).  From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
5473		Polytechnic Institute.
5474	MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
5475		Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
5476	NEW FILES:
5477		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
5478		cf/ostype/aix4.m4
5479		cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
5480
54818.8.2/8.8.2	1996/10/18
5482	SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
5483		changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
5484	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5485		Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
5486			apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
5487			Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
5488	OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
5489		from this document.  These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
5490	CONFIG: no changes.
5491
54928.8.1/8.8.1	1996/10/17
5493	SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
5494		examine during queue runs and daemon mode.  Problem noted
5495		by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
5496	SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
5497		message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
5498		to 8 bits.  This caused core dumps and has the potential
5499		for a remote attack.  Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
5500		of WPI.
5501	Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
5502		have flock(2) support.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
5503		Kyoto University.
5504	Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options.  If this option is null (as
5505		opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
5506		on illegal host names.
5507	If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
5508		the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
5509		final line.  Problem noted by Pierre David.
5510	If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
5511		setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
5512		Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
5513	Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
5514		be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
5515		to (say) mail-back.  Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5516	If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
5517		term host status.  This is necessary because it is common
5518		to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
5519	Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
5520		4.2.  Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
5521		University of Leicester.
5522	If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
5523		service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
5524		would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
5525		in the map.  This caused the message to be queued instead of
5526		bouncing immediately.  Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
5527		University of Washington.
5528	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5529		Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c.  Several
5530			people pointed this out.
5531		NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
5532		AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
5533			Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
5534	CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
5535		Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
5536	CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
5537		using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
5538		were also in $=w.  Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
5539		Softec.
5540	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX.  Based
5541		on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5542	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP.  From Patrick Nolan
5543		of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
5544
55458.8.0/8.8.0	1996/09/26
5546	Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
5547		deleted.  Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
5548	Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
5549		pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working.  I was
5550		urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
5551	Fix small buffer overflow.  Since the data in this buffer was not
5552		read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
5553		probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers).  Pointed
5554		out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
5555	Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
5556		if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
5557		-- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
5558		host was accessible.  Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
5559		NSC (Japan).
5560	A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
5561		have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
5562		causing SMTP to hang.  Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5563	The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
5564		incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
5565		semantics of binding on a passive socket.  Patch from
5566		NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
5567	Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
5568		handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
5569		has 13 at the moment (and climbing).  In order to avoid
5570		trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
5571		slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
5572		that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
5573		of those records could not exceed 128 bytes.  Requested by
5574		Brad Knowles of America On Line.
5575	Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
5576		Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
5577	Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
5578		printout.
5579	Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
5580	Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
5581		square braces.
5582	Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
5583		this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
5584		to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
5585	DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
5586		this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost.  Problem
5587		pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
5588		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5589	The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
5590		some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
5591		would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
5592		concerned.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
5593	Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
5594		the initial run.  Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
5595		Dandelion Digital.
5596	Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
5597		results that may come from NIS and DNS.
5598	4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
5599		include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
5600		things like /var/tmp.  Reported by Matthew Green.
5601	Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
5602		values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
5603		which was interpreted as normal.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
5604	The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
5605		since 8.7.2.  Fix from Bryan Costales.
5606	Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
5607		Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
5608		as base64).  The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
5609		or full types (e.g., "text/plain").  Based on a suggestion by
5610		Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
5611	Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
5612		dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
5613	Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
5614		BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
5615		mailers.
5616	Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
5617		flag is set in the mailer descriptor.  Suggested by John
5618		Myers of CMU.
5619	Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
5620		The command takes a host name; data for that host is
5621		immediately (and asynchronously) flushed.  Because this shares
5622		the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
5623		there should be no security implications.  Implementation
5624		from John Beck of InReference, Inc.  See RFC 1985 for details.
5625	Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
5626		(equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
5627		(equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
5628		(equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command).  Note
5629		that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
5630		to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
5631		nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
5632		parameter.
5633	Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
5634		apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
5635		and made it unsafe.  Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
5636		University of Maryland.
5637	New logging on log level 15:  all SMTP traffic.  Patches from
5638		Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
5639	NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
5640		a match.  This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
5641		had a memory leak).  Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
5642	Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups.  It was pointed
5643		out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
5644		use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
5645		that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
5646		address used for delivery.  The simple fix (stripping off the
5647		brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
5648		addresses.  This flag will solve that problem.
5649	Add MustQuoteChars option.  This is a list of characters that must
5650		be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
5651		(that is, the full name part).  The characters @,;:\()[] are
5652		always in this list and cannot be removed.  The default is
5653		this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
5654	Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
5655		that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
5656		some stupid SMTP clients.  Setting this violates RFC 1123
5657		section 5.2.5.
5658	Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
5659		rejecting connections if it has more than this many
5660		outstanding children accepting mail.  Note that you may
5661		see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
5662		is for incoming connections only.
5663	Add ConnectionRateThrottle option.  If set to a positive value, the
5664		number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
5665		in a single second is limited to this number.  Connections are
5666		not refused during this time, just deferred.  The intent is to
5667		flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
5668		It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
5669		accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
5670		(e.g., due to connection caching).
5671	Add Timeout.hoststatus option.  This interval (defaulting to 30m)
5672		specifies how long cached information about the state of a
5673		host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
5674		host is retried.  If you are using persistent host status
5675		(i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
5676		between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
5677		run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
5678		that take a very long time to run.
5679	Add SingleLineFromHeader option.  If set, From: headers are coerced
5680		into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
5681		when read.  This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
5682	Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
5683		item in a table it would be truncated.  Problem noted by
5684		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5685	Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
5686		-v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
5687		to be displayed.  Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5688	Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
5689		this was treated as end-of-input.  Problem noted by Bryan
5690		Costales.
5691	The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
5692		to the queue file.  Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
5693		Technologies, Inc.
5694	Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
5695		if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
5696		Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
5697	If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
5698		values for a given key, the database cursor would get
5699		trashed by the recursive call.  Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
5700		of Georgia Tech.  Fixed by reading all the values and creating
5701		a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
5702		different for this case.
5703	Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
5704		HES_GETMAILHOST is defined.  Based on a patch by Betty Lee
5705		of Stanford University.
5706	When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
5707		there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
5708		the owners would get the message.  Problem pointed out by
5709		Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5710	Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
5711		in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X.  Problem
5712		noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
5713	When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
5714		some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines.  Fix from
5715		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5716	When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
5717		failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
5718		that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned.  Noted
5719		by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
5720	Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
5721		have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
5722		error return of -1 doesn't work.  Use INADDR_NONE instead.
5723		This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
5724		or get dropped.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
5725		Pasteur Institute.
5726	DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
5727		rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
5728		the detailed status information would be wrong.  Problem noted
5729		by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
5730	Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
5731		that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission.  The flag current
5732		does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
5733		these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
5734		canonification.
5735	Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
5736		to \r\n on SMTP mailers.  Default remains \n on non-SMTP
5737		mailers.
5738	Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
5739		to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
5740		misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
5741		termination.  This will affect anyone who has redefined
5742		either of these in their configuration file.
5743	Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
5744		responses can be newline terminated.  From Terry Kennedy of
5745		St. Peter's College.
5746	Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
5747		$#mailer with nothing following.  From Bryan Costales.
5748	Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
5749		Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
5750	Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros.  Fix
5751		from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5752	After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
5753		processing each one.  This avoids a certain form of denial
5754		of service attack.  Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
5755		Costales.
5756	Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
5757		checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
5758		check_rcpt for RCPT commands.  These rulesets can do anything
5759		they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
5760		$#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
5761		and the command is rejected.  Similarly, the check_compat
5762		ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
5763		(the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
5764		it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
5765		notification.  Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
5766		in rulesets.
5767	Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
5768		that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
5769		of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
5770		the connection.  These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
5771		verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
5772		host inappropriately.  Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
5773		form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
5774		when sendmail reads the configuration file.
5775	Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
5776		information.  Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
5777		and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
5778		on that basis.
5779	Allow IDA-style recursive function calls.  Code contributed by Mark
5780		Lovell and Paul Vixie.
5781	Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
5782		a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
5783		macro.  Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
5784		Vixie.
5785	Add Stanford LDAP map.  Requires special libraries that are not
5786		included with sendmail.  Contributed by Booker C. Bense
5787		<bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
5788		See also the src/READ_ME file.
5789	Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
5790		puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video.  Really useful
5791		only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
5792		distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
5793		two characters $, +.
5794	Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
5795		debug_dumpstate.
5796	Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
5797		files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
5798		is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
5799		valid recipients.
5800	Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
5801		name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal.  Problem
5802		noted by Tom May.
5803	Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
5804		permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
5805		single message it could be confusing.  Suggested by John
5806		Beck of InReference, Inc.
5807	The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
5808		with CRLF.  Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
5809		Computing Corporation.
5810	Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
5811		message headers.  Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
5812		Internet Communications.
5813	Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
5814		used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
5815		characters appear in headers.  Problem noted by Anders Gertz
5816		of Lysator.
5817	Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions.  This only takes place if the
5818		recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
5819		text/plain body types.  Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
5820		of the University of Iceland.
5821	Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
5822		case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
5823		this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
5824		"POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster".  In most cases
5825		this change is a no-op.
5826	The -o map flag was ignored for text maps.  Problem noted by Bryan
5827		Costales.
5828	The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps.  Problem noted by
5829		Bryan Costales.
5830	Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
5831		response.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
5832	Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
5833		on LogLevel 14.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5834	Include port number in process title for network daemons.  Suggested
5835		by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5836	Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
5837		message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
5838		option (default: postmaster).  Previously they were always
5839		sent to postmaster.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5840	Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
5841		it runs in foreground.  This is useful for using with a
5842		wrapper that "watches" system services.  Suggested by Kyle
5843		Jones of UUNET.
5844	Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
5845		when the comment comes before the address.  Patch from
5846		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
5847	Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
5848		that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
5849		mail".  This permits the person who is postmaster more
5850		easily determine what messages are to their role as
5851		postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent.  Based
5852		on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
5853	Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
5854		to be sorted strictly by the time of submission.  Note that
5855		this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
5856		large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
5857		heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
5858		are down delay processing of new jobs).  Also, this does not
5859		guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
5860		unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue.  In general, it should
5861		probably only be used on the command line, and only in
5862		conjunction with -qRhost.domain.  In fact, there are very few
5863		cases where it should be used at all.  Based on an
5864		implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
5865	If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
5866		the same manner as other rulesets.  Previously a temporary
5867		failure in ruleset 5 was ignored.  Patch from Booker Bense
5868		of Stanford University.
5869	Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
5870		5yz (permanent failure) code.  The next MX host will still be
5871		tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
5872		or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
5873		(It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
5874		RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
5875		Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
5876	Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
5877		This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
5878		name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
5879		message.  This should only be used if your configuration file
5880		is prepared to do something sensible in this case.  Based on
5881		an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
5882	Fix problem finding network interface addresses.  Patch from
5883		Motonori Nakamura.
5884	Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
5885		you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
5886		certain kinds of firewall setups difficult.  Patch
5887		suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
5888	Add persistent host status.  This keeps the information normally
5889		maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
5890		shared between sendmail instances.  The HostStatusDirectory
5891		is the directory in which the information is maintained.  If
5892		not set, persistent host status is turned off.  If not a full
5893		pathname, it is relative to the queue directory.  A common
5894		value is ".hoststat".
5895		There are also two new operation modes:
5896		  * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
5897		    connections.
5898		  * -bH purges the host statuses.  No attempt is made to save
5899		    recent status information.
5900		This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
5901		Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
5902		Bigrock Consulting.  Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
5903		with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
5904		framework is gratefully appreciated.
5905	New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
5906		operate).  Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
5907		open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
5908		This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
5909		be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
5910		message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
5911		messages).  Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
5912		lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
5913		ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
5914		file descriptors.  Based on the persistent host status code
5915		contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
5916	Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
5917		SafeFileEnvironment option is set.  Problem noted by Bryan
5918		Costales.
5919	The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
5920		file.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
5921	If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
5922		the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
5923		left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
5924		Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
5925	Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
5926		based on release number.  For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
5927		search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
5928		Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
5929		adding $arch).  Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
5930		Webmasters.
5931	When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
5932		case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
5933		the map itself.  Previously this was done based on the F=u
5934		flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
5935		that you could never access.  Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
5936	When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
5937		failure or delay were always set.  This caused those
5938		notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
5939		specified.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
5940		of Washington, Seattle.
5941	Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c).  This
5942		lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
5943		this host.  If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
5944		"550 Access denied".  -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
5945		TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
5946		(See src/READ_ME for details.)
5947	Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
5948		bounces.  Some people seemed to think that this could be
5949		confusing (even though it is true).  Suggested by Motonori
5950		Nakamura.
5951	Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
5952		user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
5953		However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
5954		be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
5955		writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
5956		user.  It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
5957		option.  In other words, it may not actually add much to
5958		security.  However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
5959		places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
5960		well constrained.
5961	Add Timeout.iconnect.  This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
5962		only on the first attempt to delivery to an address.  It could
5963		be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
5964		the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
5965		responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
5966	Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
5967		(such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
5968		to a UDP port.  It also created some signal handling problems.
5969		The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
5970		and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+.  I am
5971		indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
5972	Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
5973		will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup.  This adds
5974		fuzzy matching to the user map.  Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
5975	The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
5976		denial-of-service attack.  Problem noted by Christophe
5977		Wolfhugel.
5978	Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
5979		notification.  Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
5980	Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
5981		option is set, since this disables VERB mode.  Suggested
5982		by John Hawkinson of MIT.
5983	Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set.  Problem noted
5984		by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
5985	Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
5986		were no successful opens.  The previous behavior caused it
5987		to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found.  Problem
5988		noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
5989		and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
5990	Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
5991		is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
5992		the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
5993		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
5994	Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
5995		instead of 0644.  Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
5996		National University of Singapore.
5997	Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery.  This helps
5998		detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
5999		system can't cope with.
6000	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6001		Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
6002			Atlas International.
6003		Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
6004			<bicknell@ufp.org>.
6005		On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
6006			work on the first recipient of a message due to a
6007			bug in the getpwent family.  If this is something you
6008			use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
6009			workaround.  From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
6010			Bernstein and Associates.
6011		FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
6012			parentheses, which breaks makesendmail.  Reported
6013			by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
6014		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
6015			Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
6016		Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
6017			it is system-dependent.  Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
6018			of Bailey Computer Consulting.
6019		Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
6020			Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
6021		HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
6022			U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
6023		NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
6024		SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6025		IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
6026			Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6027			Institute.
6028		UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
6029			Lopez, CICA (Seville).
6030		NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
6031		PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
6032			Employment Standards Administration.
6033		Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
6034		Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
6035			Jr.
6036		NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
6037			from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
6038		ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
6039			from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
6040		Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
6041		NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
6042		NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
6043		Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
6044			of the University of Arizona.
6045		Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid.  Noted by David Linn of
6046			Vanderbilt University.
6047		Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
6048			Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
6049			this auto-detects.  Based on a patch from Randall
6050			Winchester of the University of Maryland.
6051	CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file.  Contributed by
6052		Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
6053	CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
6054		(where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
6055		worked only on hosts).  Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
6056		Foundation.
6057	CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
6058	CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
6059		if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
6060		should be transparent for most everyone.  Suggested by John
6061		Myers of CMU.
6062	CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade).  Without this feature, any
6063		domain listed in $=w is masqueraded.  With it, only those
6064		domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
6065	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain).  This causes
6066		masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
6067		hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
6068		themselves.  For example, if a configuration had
6069		MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
6070		foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
6071		masqueraded as well.  Based on an implementation by Richard
6072		(Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
6073	CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
6074		outgoing addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
6075		Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses.  Yes,
6076		this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
6077		just when to use which one may be tricky.  Based on code
6078		contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
6079		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6080	CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
6081		incoming addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
6082		Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
6083		part (with the @ sign).  For example, a table containing:
6084			info@foo.com	foo-info
6085			info@bar.com	bar-info
6086			@baz.org	jane@elsewhere.net
6087		would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
6088		(which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
6089		to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
6090		be sent to jane@elsewhere.net.  The names foo.com, bar.com,
6091		and baz.org must all be in $=w.  Based on discussions with
6092		a great many people.
6093	CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
6094		Suggested by Richard Bainter.
6095	CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
6096		"fax" mailer.
6097	CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
6098		passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
6099		mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
6100		additional clever processing.  From Joe Pruett of
6101		Teleport Corporation.  Delivery to the original user can
6102		be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
6103	CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
6104		"mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
6105		"local:user" can also be used to do local delivery.  This
6106		applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries.  Based
6107		on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
6108	CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
6109		limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
6110		lookups required to support this feature.  For example,
6111		FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
6112		to domains under my.site.com.  Code contributed by Anthony
6113		Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
6114	CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
6115		such as the check_rcpt ruleset.  Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
6116		of WPI.
6117	CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
6118		event you have to define local mailers.  Suggested by
6119		Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
6120	CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
6121		be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax.  Based on a patch by
6122		Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
6123	CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
6124		remotely connected.  The address host!user was being
6125		converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
6126		Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
6127	CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
6128	CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
6129		"User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
6130		new address is still on the local host.  Based on a suggestion
6131		by Andreas Luik.
6132	CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
6133		However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
6134		Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6135	CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
6136		Wolfhugel.
6137	CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
6138	MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris.  Note
6139		well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
6140		Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
6141		different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
6142		and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
6143		match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer.  Patches from Paul
6144		Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
6145	MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
6146		was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
6147		was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
6148		the open.  Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
6149		Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
6150	MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably.  Patch from Bryan
6151		Costales.
6152	MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
6153	MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
6154		honored.  Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
6155	PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
6156	NEW FILES:
6157		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
6158		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
6159		src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
6160		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
6161		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
6162		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
6163		mailstats/mailstats.8
6164		praliases/praliases.8
6165		cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
6166		cf/feature/genericstable.m4
6167		cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
6168		cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
6169		cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
6170		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
6171		cf/ostype/altos.m4
6172		cf/ostype/maxion.m4
6173		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
6174		cf/ostype/uxpds.m4
6175		contrib/re-mqueue.pl
6176	DELETED FILES:
6177		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
6178		contrib/xla/README
6179		contrib/xla/xla.c
6180	RENAMED FILES:
6181		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 =>	Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
6182		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 =>	Makefile.SCO.4.2
6183		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS =>		Makefile.UXPDSV10
6184		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT =>		Makefile.NeXT.2.x
6185		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP =>	Makefile.NeXT.3.x
6186
61878.7.6/8.7.3	1996/09/17
6188	SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
6189		queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
6190		as the default user.  This is not exploitable from off-site.
6191		Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
6192		(old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
6193	SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
6194		a local user to get root.  This is not known to be exploitable
6195		from off-site.  The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
6196
61978.7.5/8.7.3	1996/03/04
6198	Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
6199		in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
6200		extra spaces in odd places.  Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
6201		reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
6202		Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
6203		and others.
6204
62058.7.4/8.7.3	1996/02/18
6206	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
6207		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
6208		any user (except root).
6209	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
6210		version number is unchanged.
6211
62128.7.3/8.7.3	1995/12/03
6213	Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
6214		two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly.  Fix
6215		from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6216	Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
6217		negative array subscripting.  Not a security problem since
6218		this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
6219		core dumps.  Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
6220	Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names.  Pointed out by Bryan
6221		Costales.
6222	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6223		SCO doesn't have ftruncate.  From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
6224		IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
6225			order.  Tweak it to work properly.  Based on fixes
6226			from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
6227			Stanford University.
6228	CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
6229		Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6230
62318.7.2/8.7.2	1995/11/19
6232	REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
6233		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options.  They were not
6234		properly repaired in 8.7.1.
6235	Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
6236		valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
6237		last being a historic botch, of course).  If Bcc: is the
6238		only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
6239		but the header name is kept.  The old behavior (always keep
6240		the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
6241		to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
6242	Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
6243		sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages.  Suggested
6244		by Kari Hurtta.
6245	If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
6246		continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
6247		return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
6248		For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
6249		with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
6250		but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
6251		a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
6252		failure in the hosts.files map.  This error caused hard
6253		bounces when it should have requeued.
6254	Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
6255		owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
6256		working properly due to excessive paranoia.  Pointed out by
6257		John Hawkinson of Panix.
6258	An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
6259		timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
6260		queued it locally).  Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
6261		to simplify queue management for clustered systems.  Suggested
6262		by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.  The same problem could break
6263		MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
6264		-- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
6265		Infobiogen.
6266	Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring().  This was not a security
6267		problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
6268		without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
6269		good idea to avoid future problems.  Problem noted by John
6270		Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
6271	``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
6272		printed.  Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
6273	Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
6274		is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
6275		created.  Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
6276	Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
6277		be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher.  Suggested
6278		by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
6279	Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
6280		underscores.
6281	Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
6282		alias.  Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
6283		of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
6284	If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
6285		is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
6286		included even if the user did not request success notification,
6287		which was confusing.  Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
6288	Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
6289		using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
6290		configurations.  Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
6291		having no local alias file unless it is declared.  Problem
6292		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
6293	Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined.  Pointed out by Bryan
6294		Costales of ICSI.
6295	Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
6296		should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps.  Pointed
6297		out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
6298	Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
6299		even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
6300		address with an "@".  Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
6301		Technological University.
6302	When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
6303		dots alone on a line by themselves.  This is because of the
6304		preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
6305		Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6306	Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing.  Pointed
6307		out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
6308	Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
6309		Requested by Allan Johannesen.
6310	Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
6311		to have the database format of the alias files without the
6312		text version.  Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
6313		Inc.
6314	If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
6315		imported from the environment.  Pointed out by Frank Crawford
6316		<frank@ansto.gov.au>.
6317	Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
6318		extra arguments.  Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
6319		University.
6320	Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
6321		the parent should do this.  Fix from Brian Coan of the
6322		Association for Progressive Communications.
6323	If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
6324		during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
6325		reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
6326		didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
6327		even though it was fatal).  The fix is to not return such
6328		messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
6329		MinQueueAge interval.  Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
6330		SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
6331	Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
6332		that have the hes_getmailhost() routine.  DEC Hesiod
6333		distributions do not have this routine.  Based on a patch
6334		from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
6335	Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
6336		in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
6337		non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures.  This should solve the
6338		occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
6339		has plagued me for quite some time.  Based on a patch from
6340		Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
6341	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6342		Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
6343			/usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings.  From
6344			James B. Davis of TCI.
6345		DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm.  From
6346			Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6347		HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
6348			so that the makesendmail script will find it.  Pointed
6349			out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
6350			Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
6351			isn't supported on all compilers.
6352		UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
6353	CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
6354		you also had a FAX_RELAY.  From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
6355	CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
6356		didn't have trailing dot.  From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
6357	CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
6358		user%host@thishost.  From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
6359		(France).
6360	CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
6361		Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
6362	CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
6363		such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local).  Based on
6364		a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
6365	CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
6366		have already been set.  Previously it worked differently
6367		for different files.
6368	CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did.  My take
6369		is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
6370		for some people.  From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6371	CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
6372		portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
6373		changes).
6374
63758.7.1/8.7.1	1995/10/01
6376	Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
6377		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
6378		escapes in the options, where they previously had.  Bug
6379		pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
6380	Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
6381		returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
6382		would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
6383		particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
6384		ignored.  Change to ignore the value if the program returns
6385		non-zero exit status.  From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
6386	Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
6387		bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine.  Although
6388		this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
6389		has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
6390		internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
6391		dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
6392		target.  Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
6393		These both have possible security implications.  Solutions
6394		suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
6395		(Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
6396	Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
6397		parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
6398		results.  This could have security implications.
6399	If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
6400		routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
6401		Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
6402	Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
6403		sort first within a given preference.  This forces the bestmx
6404		map to always return the local host first, if it is included
6405		in the list of highest priority MX records.  From K. Robert
6406		Elz.
6407	Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences.  Fixes from Randy
6408		Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
6409	When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
6410		domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
6411		(e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
6412		sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
6413		really needs.  This has been changed to fall through to the
6414		next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
6415		file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
6416		short name was found in /etc/hosts.  This is probably a crock,
6417		but many people have hosts files without FQDNs.  Remember:
6418		domain names are your friends.
6419	Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
6420		Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
6421	When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
6422		Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
6423	Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
6424		connection timeout in the kernel.  Add a new "connect" timeout
6425		to limit this time.  Defaults to zero (use whatever the
6426		kernel provides).  Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
6427		of TerraNet.
6428	Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
6429		removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
6430		(This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
6431		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
6432		of WPI.
6433	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6434		On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
6435			of sendmail.st location.  Change the Makefile to
6436			install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
6437			file and SGI standards.  From Andre
6438			<andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
6439		Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
6440			from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
6441		Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
6442		LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
6443		SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
6444			dbm library.  The ndbm library is part of libc.
6445	CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
6446		``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
6447		Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6448	CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
6449		since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
6450		rebuild.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6451	CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
6452		otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
6453		the sender.  Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
6454		Infobiogen (France).
6455	NEW FILES:
6456		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
6457		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
6458		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
6459
64608.7/8.7		1995/09/16
6461	Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
6462		descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
6463		vfork.  Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
6464		Global Communications.
6465	Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
6466		people seemed to think that it was too rude.
6467	Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
6468		was not defined.  This was used "safely" in the sense
6469		that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
6470		map modification time improperly.  Problem pointed out
6471		by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6472	Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
6473		receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
6474		can be confusing.
6475	Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
6476		useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
6477	Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
6478		file on systems with no database method compiled in.
6479	If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
6480		up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
6481		compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
6482		RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
6483		Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
6484		Maryland.
6485	Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
6486		There is nothing that says you can't have a long
6487		running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
6488		/bin/mail, which just execs sendmail).  Problem reported
6489		by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6490	Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
6491		is not set.  This allows you to have hosts listed in
6492		NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS.  It's normally
6493		a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines.  This
6494		should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
6495	Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
6496		prototypes.  From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6497	Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
6498		by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
6499		$[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
6500		times.  From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6501	SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
6502		the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
6503		This involves adding two new compile-time options:
6504		HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
6505		available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
6506		is available -- the Release 3 form is used).  The former
6507		is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
6508		V-based systems.  Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
6509		Swarthmore University.
6510	New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
6511		``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
6512		``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
6513		``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
6514			ruleset.
6515		``=M'' will display the known mailers.
6516		``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
6517			-d debug flag.
6518		``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
6519		``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
6520		``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
6521		``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
6522			crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
6523			and the parsed address.
6524		``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
6525			it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
6526		``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing.  The
6527			flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
6528			and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient.  These
6529			can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
6530			recipients.
6531		``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
6532			return the result.
6533		``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
6534			`mapname' and return the result.
6535	Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
6536		should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
6537	Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
6538		the header for envelope sender information and uses
6539		CR-LF as message terminators.  It was thought to be
6540		obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
6541		turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
6542		that functionality.
6543	Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
6544		return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
6545		that name fails, wait one minute and try again.  This can
6546		result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
6547		hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
6548		listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
6549	Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
6550		RFC 1123 section 5.2.5.  Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
6551		of Michigan Technological University.
6552	Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
6553		can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
6554		if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
6555		chown is not safe.  The new version falls back to whether
6556		you are on a BSD system or not.  This is important for
6557		SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
6558		error codes.  This impacts whether you can mail to files
6559		or not.
6560	Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
6561		file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
6562		syntax error in the config file.  Change to always print
6563		the error message.  It was especially weird because it
6564		would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
6565		for every message sent (but with no transcript).  Problem
6566		noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
6567	Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
6568		zero bytes.  These changes are internally extensive, but
6569		should have minimal impact on external function.
6570	Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
6571		(apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
6572			O MatchGECOS=TRUE
6573		The full list of old and new names is as follows:
6574			7	SevenBitInput
6575			8	EightBitMode
6576			A	AliasFile
6577			a	AliasWait
6578			B	BlankSub
6579			b	MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
6580			C	CheckpointInterval
6581			c	HoldExpensive
6582			D	AutoRebuildAliases
6583			d	DeliveryMode
6584			E	ErrorHeader
6585			e	ErrorMode
6586			f	SaveFromLine
6587			F	TempFileMode
6588			G	MatchGECOS
6589			H	HelpFile
6590			h	MaxHopCount
6591			i	IgnoreDots
6592			I	ResolverOptions
6593			J	ForwardPath
6594			j	SendMimeErrors
6595			k	ConnectionCacheSize
6596			K	ConnectionCacheTimeout
6597			L	LogLevel
6598			l	UseErrorsTo
6599			m	MeToo
6600			n	CheckAliases
6601			O	DaemonPortOptions
6602			o	OldStyleHeaders
6603			P	PostmasterCopy
6604			p	PrivacyOptions
6605			Q	QueueDirectory
6606			q	QueueFactor
6607			R	DontPruneRoutes
6608			r, T	Timeout
6609			S	StatusFile
6610			s	SuperSafe
6611			t	TimeZoneSpec
6612			u	DefaultUser
6613			U	UserDatabaseSpec
6614			V	FallbackMXHost
6615			v	Verbose
6616			w	TryNullMXList
6617			x	QueueLA
6618			X	RefuseLA
6619			Y	ForkEachJob
6620			y	RecipientFactor
6621			z	ClassFactor
6622			Z	RetryFactor
6623		The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
6624		been changed to options; those correspondences are:
6625			$e	SmtpGreetingMessage
6626			$l	UnixFromLine
6627			$o	OperatorChars
6628			$q	(deleted -- not necessary)
6629		To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
6630		configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
6631		sendmail; any config file using the new names should
6632		specify "V6" in the configuration.
6633	Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
6634		colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
6635		as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
6636		treat them as comments).  This is to handle the
6637		``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
6638		assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
6639		address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
6640		This requires config file support to get right.  It does
6641		understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
6642		off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
6643	Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
6644		    A	Addresses are aliasable.
6645		    i	Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
6646			sender lines.  Applies to the from address mailer
6647			flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
6648		    j	Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
6649			Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
6650			recipient mailer flags.
6651		    k	Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
6652		    o	Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
6653			delivery.
6654		    w	Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
6655		    5	Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
6656		    :	Check for :include: on this address.
6657		    |	Check for |program on this address.
6658		    /	Check for /file on this address.
6659		    @	Look up sender header addresses in the user
6660			database.  Applies to the mailer flags for the
6661			mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
6662			address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
6663		Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
6664		on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
6665		mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
6666	Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions.  This borrows ideas from
6667		John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
6668		their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
6669		mime.c for an explanation of why).  This adds the
6670		EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
6671		to control handling of 8-bit data.  These have to cope with
6672		two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
6673		8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
6674		MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
6675		specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
6676		as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
6677		-B8BITMIME command line flag).  If the F=8 mailer flag is
6678		set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
6679		instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
6680		just-send-8 semantics).  The values for EightBitMode are:
6681		    m	convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
6682			any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
6683			(essentially, the full MIME option).
6684		    p	pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
6685			8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
6686		    s	strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
6687			convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required.  The F=8
6688			flag is ignored.
6689		Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
6690			the setting of F=8.
6691	Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
6692		which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
6693		considerations.  Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
6694		never directly encoded (although their components can be).
6695	Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
6696		MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
6697		they are an RFC822 message.  It is predefined to have
6698		"rfc822".  Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
6699	Add new internal class 'e'.  This is the set of MIME
6700		Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
6701		a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64).  It is
6702		preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
6703	Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
6704		short name) to set the default character set to use in the
6705		Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
6706		which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format.  If the C=
6707		parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
6708		the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
6709		If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
6710		suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
6711	Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
6712		user and group that a mailer will be executed as.  This
6713		overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
6714		also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
6715		is, the controlling address is ignored).  The values may be
6716		numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
6717		group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
6718		as the group.  Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
6719		Unicom.
6720	Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
6721		fashion as the U= mailer option.
6722	Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
6723		a comment).  This adds a new compile-time configuration
6724		flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
6725		of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
6726		of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
6727		*tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
6728		timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment).  Code
6729		from Chip Rosenthal.
6730	The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
6731		For example,
6732		    O Timeout.helo = 2m
6733		There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
6734		"queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option.  Thus, to
6735		set them both the preferred new syntax is
6736		    O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
6737		    O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
6738	Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
6739		QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
6740		``host''.  This makes better use of the connection cache,
6741		but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
6742		backlogs under some circumstances.  This is probably a
6743		good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
6744		of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
6745		something like PPP on a 14.4 modem.  Based on code
6746		contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
6747		contribution was to make it configurable).
6748	Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
6749		after disastrous disk crash.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
6750		UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
6751		by Paul Vixie.  NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
6752		are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
6753		from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
6754	Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
6755		route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
6756		they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
6757		I/O redirection.
6758	Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
6759		can be confusing.
6760	Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
6761		*-request addresses.  Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
6762		of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
6763	Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
6764	Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
6765		to run the queue.  For example, if the queue interval
6766		(-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
6767		is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
6768		once every fifteen minutes.  This can be used to give
6769		you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
6770		queue-only.
6771	Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
6772		:include: and .forward files.
6773	Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
6774		key field name, the value field name, and the field
6775		delimiter.  The field delimiter can be a single character
6776		or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
6777		These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
6778	Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
6779		turns off this behavior.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
6780	Add "nisplus" map class.  Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
6781		key and value field names respectively.  Code donated by
6782		Sun Microsystems.
6783	Add "hesiod" map class.  The "file name" is used as the
6784		"HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3).  Returns the
6785		first value found for the match.  Code donated by Scott
6786		Hutton of Indiana University.
6787	Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class.  Maps can have a -k flag to
6788		specify the name of the property that is searched as the
6789		key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
6790		is returned as the value (defaults to "members").  The
6791		default map is "/aliases".  Some code based on code
6792		contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
6793	Add "text" map class.  This does slow, linear searches through
6794		text files.  The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
6795		(defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
6796		sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
6797		value column number.  Lines beginning with `#' are treated
6798		as comments.
6799	Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs.  The search
6800		key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
6801		line read from the programs standard output.  Exit statuses
6802		are from sysexits.h.
6803	Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
6804		finds a match.  For example, the declarations:
6805		    Kmap1 ...
6806		    Kmap2 ...
6807		    Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
6808		defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
6809		value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
6810		map2 is searched and the value returned.
6811	Add "switch" map class.  This is much like "sequence" except that
6812		the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
6813		the system service switch.  The parameter is the name of
6814		the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
6815		are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
6816		For example, if the declaration of the map is
6817		    Ksample switch hosts
6818		and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
6819		looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
6820		equivalent to
6821		    Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
6822		The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
6823	Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam.  Takes a
6824		"-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
6825		entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
6826		gecos, dir, and shell.  Generally expected to be used with
6827		the -m (matchonly) flag.
6828	Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
6829		listed as the value.  If there are several "best" MX records
6830		for this host, one will be chosen at random.
6831	Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
6832		The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
6833		typically "mailname".  If there are multiple entries
6834		matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
6835	Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning).  These are
6836		set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
6837		three values.  If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
6838		"urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
6839		used.  If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
6840		if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
6841		zero, urgent timeouts are used.  Otherwise, normal timeouts
6842		are used.  The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
6843		queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
6844	Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
6845		with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
6846		but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
6847		This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
6848		of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
6849	When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
6850		the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
6851		search for the first one with a dot.  For example, if
6852		an /etc/hosts entry reads
6853		    128.32.149.68	mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
6854		this change will use the second name as the canonical
6855		machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
6856	Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
6857		indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
6858		For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
6859		"Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
6860		quoted (because of the space character).  Suggested by Dan
6861		Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
6862	Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
6863		be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
6864		Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''.  Names that have
6865		a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
6866		reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
6867		should use names that begin with a capital letter.  Based
6868		on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
6869	Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
6870		to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
6871		with no members).  Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
6872	Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
6873		failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
6874		xalloc....  The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
6875		Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
6876	Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
6877		checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
6878		IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
6879		deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
6880		much longer than the specified timeout.
6881	If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
6882		writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
6883		this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
6884		denial-of-service attack.
6885	Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
6886		defined.  It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
6887		user names.  Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
6888	Add service switch support.  If the local OS has a service
6889		switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
6890		on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
6891		to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
6892		option (default: /etc/service.switch).  For example, if the
6893		service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
6894		service, that will be the default lookup order.  the "files"
6895		("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
6896		you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
6897		actually file lookups.
6898	Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
6899		variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
6900		canonical.  This is now determined based on whether or not
6901		"dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
6902	Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
6903		Status Notifications).  DSN notifications override
6904		Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
6905		support for them has been removed.
6906	Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
6907		definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
6908		MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
6909	Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
6910		five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
6911		message (not just the second line).  This is to provide
6912		better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
6913	Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
6914		easily see how much progress you have made.  Suggested
6915		by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
6916	Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
6917		syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
6918		Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
6919	Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
6920		multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
6921		also improves the connection cache utilization.
6922	Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
6923		the purposes of refusing to send error returns.  Suggested
6924		by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
6925	Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
6926		the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
6927		real uid/gid.  This allows you to create a file owned by
6928		and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
6929		all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set).  Change
6930		suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
6931		Microsystems.
6932	Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
6933		delay for dial on demand systems.  If this is non-zero
6934		and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
6935		then try again.  If it takes longer than the kernel
6936		timeout interval to establish the connection, this
6937		option can give the network software time to establish
6938		the link.  The default units are seconds.
6939	Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
6940		previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
6941		sent to aliases.  Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
6942		Defense Information Systems Agency.
6943	Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
6944		BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told.  From Douglas Anderson of
6945		the National Computer Security Center.
6946	Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
6947		you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
6948		last try.  It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
6949		lists to favor "quick" addresses.  Provided for use by
6950		the mailprio scripts (see below).
6951	If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
6952		an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
6953		map instead of bouncing it.  This involves creating a
6954		pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
6955		map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
6956		all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail".  The
6957		bogus-map class is not directly accessible.  A sample
6958		implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
6959		University Computing Service.
6960	Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
6961		SMTP on its standard input.  Fix from Keith Moore of
6962		the University of Kentucky.
6963	Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
6964		previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
6965		as a file.  Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
6966	Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon.  This only works if
6967		argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
6968	Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
6969		-- the network number wasn't being converted to network
6970		byte order.  Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
6971		Corporation.
6972	Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
6973		BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
6974		reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
6975		out.  Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
6976	Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
6977		locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
6978		an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added.  This really
6979		just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
6980		can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
6981		Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
6982		if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
6983	Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
6984		properly if they do not already exist.  This had been
6985		a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
6986	Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
6987		(but not prevent, sigh) race conditions.  This ought to
6988		be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't.  Suggested by
6989		Michael Beirne of Motorola.
6990	Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
6991		holding the queue.  Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
6992		Communications.
6993	Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
6994		when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
6995		succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case.  This avoids
6996		significant performance problems when looking for .forward
6997		files.  Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
6998	Allow symbolic ruleset names.  Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
6999		arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
7000		to assign a specific ruleset number.  Reference is
7001		$>name_or_number.  Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
7002		underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
7003	Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
7004		From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7005	Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
7006		no legal recipient header in the message.  It can take
7007		on values:
7008		  None			Leave the message as is.  The
7009					message will be passed on even
7010					though it is in technically
7011					illegal syntax.
7012		  Add-To		Add a To: header with any
7013					recipients that it can find from
7014					the envelope.  This risks exposing
7015					Bcc: recipients.
7016		  Add-Apparently-To	Add an Apparently-To: header.  This
7017					has almost no redeeming social value,
7018					and is provided only for back
7019					compatibility.
7020		  Add-To-Undisclosed	Add a header reading
7021					To: undisclosed-recipients:;
7022					which will have the effect of
7023					making the message legal without
7024					exposing Bcc: recipients.
7025		  Add-Bcc		To add an empty Bcc: header.
7026					There is a chance that mailers down
7027					the line will delete this header,
7028					which could cause exposure of Bcc:
7029					recipients.
7030		The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
7031	Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header.  This
7032		should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
7033		themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
7034		be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
7035		recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
7036	Add SafeFileEnvironment option.  If declared, files named as delivery
7037		targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
7038		checks.  Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
7039		the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
7040		environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
7041		alias or forward should include the name of this root.
7042		For example, if you run with
7043			O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
7044		then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path".  If a
7045		value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
7046		/usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
7047		queue as Qfxxxxxx).  Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
7048	Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
7049		entries.  For example, given the aliases:
7050			list: member1
7051			list: member2
7052		and an alias file declared as:
7053			OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
7054		the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
7055		without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
7056		alias for "list".  Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7057	Line-buffer transcript file.  Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
7058	Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
7059		some special circumstances.  Problem pointed out by Allan
7060		Johannesen.
7061	(Internal change.)  Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
7062		to be simpler and more consistent.
7063	Delete check for funny qf file names.  This didn't really give
7064		any extra security and caused some people some problems.
7065		(If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
7066		at compile time.)  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7067	(Internal change.)  Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
7068		merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
7069		This may affect some people who have written their own
7070		checkcompat() routine.
7071	(Internal change.)  Eliminate `D' line in qf file.  The df file
7072		is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
7073		the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
7074	Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
7075		"expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
7076		Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
7077		if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
7078	Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
7079		(specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
7080		failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
7081		command).  Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
7082		Corporation.
7083	Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
7084		Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
7085		where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
7086		the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
7087		architecture (e.g., sun4).  Any of these can be omitted,
7088		and anything after the first dot in a release number can
7089		be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4).  The previous
7090		version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
7091	Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
7092		when it is being created.  This involves adding an empty
7093		"depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
7094	Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
7095		as indicated by RFC 1413.  Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
7096		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
7097	Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
7098		on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
7099		Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
7100	Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
7101		the header.
7102	Log Authentication-Warning:s.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7103	Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
7104		to canonify addresses in headers on the fly.  This is still
7105		a rather ugly heuristic.  From Motonori Nakamura.
7106	Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
7107		records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
7108		lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
7109		qualified.  This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
7110		although it may cause other problems.  In general, don't use
7111		wildcard MX records.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
7112	Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message.  Instead of
7113		adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
7114		is added between the first and second word of the first
7115		line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
7116		host name).  This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
7117		compile flag.  Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
7118		acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
7119		old sendmails understand.
7120	Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
7121		invoked state dumps.  From Masaharu Onishi.
7122	Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
7123		introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
7124		is a space or a tab.  This is intended for native
7125		representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
7126		existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
7127		data -- for example,
7128		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
7129					(romanized/less information)
7130		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
7131					      =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
7132					(with MIME encoding, not human readable)
7133		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
7134					(native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
7135		The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
7136		Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
7137	Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
7138		messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
7139		with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
7140		421 (service shutting down).  The effect was to cause queues
7141		to sometimes take an excessive time to flush.  Reported by
7142		Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
7143		Eric Prestemon of American University.
7144	Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
7145		run.  This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
7146		increment on the background value).
7147	Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads.  They are logged
7148		at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8.  Contributed
7149		by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
7150	Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
7151		instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
7152		Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
7153	Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
7154		to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
7155		in addition to the set required by RFC 1521.  The additional
7156		characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
7157		(Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
7158	Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
7159		rather than looking for the mailer named *file*.  The mapping
7160		of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer.  This
7161		allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
7162		program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
7163		or do special security policy.  However, note that the usual
7164		initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
7165		the program in question needs to be very careful about how
7166		it does the file write to avoid security problems.
7167	Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
7168		regular users.  This is disrecommended because sendmail
7169		sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
7170		is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
7171		safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
7172		whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
7173		Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
7174	Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
7175		file.  This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
7176		service type is "files".
7177	Implement programs on F (read class from file) line.  The syntax is
7178		Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
7179		into class "c".
7180	Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
7181		host.  Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call.  Code
7182		contributed by SunSoft.
7183	Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
7184		variables into children.  "E<envar>" will propagate
7185		the named variable from the environment when sendmail
7186		was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
7187		sets the named variable to the indicated value.  Any
7188		variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
7189		environment.  However, sendmail still forces an
7190		"AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
7191		at least one environment variable, since many programs and
7192		libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
7193	Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
7194		alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
7195		"/yp/" in the file name.  This is more portable and involves
7196		less overhead.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7197	Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
7198		jobs in large queue runs.  The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
7199		is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
7200		should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
7201		which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
7202		be handled in a single queue run.  Based on code contributed
7203		by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
7204	Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
7205		message size.  Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
7206	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
7207		an X-Authentication-Warning: added.  Suggested by Mark Thomas
7208		of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
7209	Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
7210		OS-dependent defines).  The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
7211		run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
7212		and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
7213		all output files) has been moved to 52.100.  This makes
7214		things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
7215		semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
7216		it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
7217		flags.
7218	If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
7219		error message rather than just doing nothing.  Fix from
7220		Motonori Nakamura.
7221	On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
7222		included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
7223		`restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
7224		user to not be able to use `mailq'.  Fix from Charles Hannum
7225		of MIT.
7226	Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers.  Suggested by
7227		Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
7228	Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
7229		when running DNS.  For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
7230		a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
7231		the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
7232		if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
7233		This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
7234		IETF is moving toward legalizing it.  Note that turning on
7235		this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
7236		neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
7237	Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
7238		directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
7239		the make.
7240	Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
7241		to detect attacks against the qf file.  In particular,
7242		abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
7243		file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
7244	Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
7245		choices.  This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
7246		either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
7247		(to the extent that we know it) or by defining
7248		_PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override").  This allows
7249		sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
7250	Allow macros on `K' line in config file.  Suggested by Andrew Chang
7251		of Sun Microsystems.
7252	Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar.  This one
7253		is at least 50% faster.
7254	Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
7255		transient error.  Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
7256		University.
7257	Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
7258		classes.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7259	Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
7260		of dropping out entirely.  This makes testing some of the
7261		name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
7262		hung servers.  From Motonori Nakamura.
7263	Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
7264		(e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.).  Suggested by
7265		Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
7266	Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
7267		Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
7268		any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
7269		want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued.  For
7270		this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
7271		of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
7272	Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
7273		Carnegie Mellon.
7274	Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
7275		support.
7276	Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
7277		not send for past N days".  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
7278		Global Information Solutions.
7279	Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
7280		From Motonori Nakamura.
7281	Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags.  From
7282		Motonori Nakamura.
7283	Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
7284		or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
7285	Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
7286		address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
7287		site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
7288		to the final dot of the data.  Problem reported by David
7289		James of British Telecom.
7290	Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work.  Patches
7291		from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
7292	Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
7293		that list the same host twice in an MX list.  This deletion
7294		only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
7295		had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
7296		A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B.  This is intentional,
7297		just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
7298		Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
7299	SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links.  If they are,
7300		a bad guy can read your private files.
7301	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7302		Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
7303		System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
7304			University.  This expands the disk size
7305			checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
7306		System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
7307			and setrlimit(2) are both available.
7308		System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
7309			apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
7310		Linux Makefile typo.
7311		Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
7312			from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
7313		More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
7314			University, Chico.
7315		Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar:  ``On Cray, shorts,
7316			ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
7317			are multiples of 64 bits.  This means that the
7318			sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
7319			This requires adaptation of code that really
7320			deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
7321			addresses or nameserver fields.''
7322		DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>.  To
7323			get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
7324		DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
7325			variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
7326		Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
7327			This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
7328			problems.
7329		Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
7330			match all the other configuration files.  Fix
7331			from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
7332		Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c.  Fix from Alain
7333			Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
7334		Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect.  Fix from
7335			Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
7336		SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
7337			emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
7338			doesn't require reading the file.  Fix from Peter
7339			Wemm of DIALix.
7340		Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
7341			library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
7342			they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
7343			socket clears the problem.  Fix from Bob Manson
7344			of Ohio State University.
7345		Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
7346			fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
7347			University.
7348		AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf
7349			of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t
7350			Mainz.
7351		AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
7352		SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
7353			wrong statfs call).
7354		ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
7355		Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
7356			University.
7357		DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
7358		IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
7359			Rochester Medical Center.
7360		Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
7361			did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
7362			their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
7363			Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
7364			Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
7365		OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
7366			<jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
7367			Division.
7368		Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
7369			<janet@dialix.oz.au>.
7370		System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
7371			Durand of I.M.A.G.
7372		HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
7373			Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
7374		Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
7375		Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
7376			Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
7377		Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
7378		ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
7379		IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
7380		ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
7381		HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
7382			of Meteo France.
7383		HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
7384		IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
7385		FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
7386		Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
7387		Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
7388		NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
7389		NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
7390		AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
7391		HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
7392		Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
7393			non-DEC resolver.  Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
7394		UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
7395			University of Brno (Czech Republic).
7396		KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
7397			of Colorado.
7398		UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
7399	MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
7400		in type ``btree'' maps.  The semantics of this are undefined
7401		for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
7402	MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
7403		lookups while the rebuild is going on.  There is a race
7404		condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
7405		on the file, but it should be quite small.
7406	SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release.  This can
7407		be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
7408		giving the local administrator more control over what
7409		programs can be run from sendmail.
7410	MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape.  It is not really
7411		part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
7412		particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
7413		never will.
7414	CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
7415		to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
7416		function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
7417	CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
7418		lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
7419		respond quickly get sent first.  This is to prevent very
7420		sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
7421		Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
7422	CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
7423		of BSDI.  This has a lot of comments to help people out.
7424	CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
7425		put this on the m4 command line.  On GNU m4 (which
7426		supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
7427		arbitrary directory -- use either:
7428			m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
7429		or
7430			m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
7431		On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
7432		can use:
7433			m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
7434		(Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
7435		Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
7436		compatibility.
7437	CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
7438		MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
7439	CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
7440		names.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
7441	CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
7442		From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
7443		County.
7444	CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
7445	CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
7446		just unqualified ones.
7447	CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
7448		was never used and didn't work anyway.
7449	CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
7450		and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
7451	CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
7452		look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
7453		finally for "user".  This is intended for forwarding mail
7454		for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
7455		centralized hub.
7456	CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
7457	CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
7458		The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
7459		this is expected to be another sendmail.
7460	CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
7461		the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
7462		wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
7463		and this can create unreplyable addresses.  From Chip
7464		Rosenthal of Unicom.
7465	CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
7466		Received: header inserted into all messages.  Suggested by
7467		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
7468	CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
7469		to get the old behavior.  I did this upon observing
7470		that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
7471		concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
7472		some user agents anyway.  FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
7473		but it is a no-op.
7474	CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
7475		names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
7476		as User Unknown.
7477	CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
7478		and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
7479		indicated mailers.  All default to "IPC $h".  Patch from
7480		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
7481	CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
7482		on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
7483		return-path.  From Kimmo Suominen.
7484	CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
7485		as the local mailer.  For addresses of the form "user+detail"
7486		the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
7487		Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
7488	CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
7489		use from mailertables.  This lets you execute arbitrary
7490		procmail scripts.  Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
7491	CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
7492	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent.  From
7493		Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
7494	CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
7495		This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
7496		MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
7497		From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
7498	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
7499		list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
7500		though they were local (essentially, assume that they
7501		are included in $=w).  This can cause additional DNS
7502		traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
7503		local model.  It does not work reliably if there are
7504		multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
7505		Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
7506	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
7507		SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
7508		to programs.  If an argument is included, it is used as
7509		the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
7510		assumed.
7511	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
7512		size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
7513		respectively.  Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
7514		Information Systems Agency.
7515	CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
7516		(just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
7517		properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
7518	CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
7519		any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
7520		so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
7521		the Berkeley defaults.  Also, create some generic files
7522		that really can be used in the real world.
7523	CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
7524		messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
7525		SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
7526	CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
7527		The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
7528	CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
7529		mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
7530		As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''.  Suggested
7531		by Scott Hutton.
7532	CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support.  Code contributed
7533		by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
7534	CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
7535		performance for large alias files, and this confused many
7536		people.
7537	CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
7538		configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
7539	CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
7540		would only work when locally addressed.  Fix from
7541		Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
7542	CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
7543		"n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
7544		Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
7545	CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
7546		``error:code message''.  The ``code'' is a status code
7547		derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
7548		Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
7549	CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
7550		sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
7551		These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
7552		through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
7553		replaced by the masquerade name.  These can also be specified
7554		in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
7555	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
7556		as well as the header.  Substantial improvements to this
7557		code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
7558	CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
7559		accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups.  Contributed
7560		by Kimmo Suominen.
7561	CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
7562		used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
7563		Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
7564	CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
7565		UUCP addressing.  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7566	NEW FILES:
7567		cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc
7568		cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
7569		cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc
7570		cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
7571		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
7572		cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
7573		cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
7574		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
7575		cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
7576		cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
7577		cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc
7578		cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
7579		cf/domain/generic.m4
7580		cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
7581		cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
7582		cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
7583		cf/feature/smrsh.m4
7584		cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
7585		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
7586		cf/m4/cfhead.m4
7587		cf/mailer/cyrus.m4
7588		cf/mailer/mail11.m4
7589		cf/mailer/phquery.m4
7590		cf/mailer/procmail.m4
7591		cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
7592		cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
7593		cf/ostype/hpux10.m4
7594		cf/ostype/irix5.m4
7595		cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4
7596		cf/ostype/ptx2.m4
7597		cf/ostype/unknown.m4
7598		contrib/bsdi.mc
7599		contrib/mailprio
7600		contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
7601		mail.local/mail.local.0
7602		makemap/makemap.0
7603		smrsh/README
7604		smrsh/smrsh.0
7605		smrsh/smrsh.8
7606		smrsh/smrsh.c
7607		src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
7608		src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
7609		src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
7610		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
7611		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
7612		src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
7613		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
7614		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
7615		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
7616		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
7617		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
7618		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
7619		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
7620		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
7621		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
7622		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
7623		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
7624		src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
7625		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
7626		src/aliases.0
7627		src/mailq.0
7628		src/mime.c
7629		src/newaliases.0
7630		src/sendmail.0
7631		test/t_seteuid.c
7632	RENAMED FILES:
7633		cf/cf/alpha.mc =>		cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
7634		cf/cf/chez.mc =>		cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
7635		cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
7636		cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
7637		cf/cf/s2k.mc =>			cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
7638		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
7639		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
7640		cf/cf/vangogh.mc =>		cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
7641		cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 =>	cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
7642		cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 =>	cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
7643		cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 =>	cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
7644		cf/domain/s2k.m4 =>		cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
7645		cf/ostype/hpux.m4 =>		cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
7646		cf/ostype/irix.m4 =>		cf/ostype/irix4.m4
7647		cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 =>	cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
7648		src/Makefile.* =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
7649		src/Makefile.AUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
7650		src/Makefile.BSDI =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
7651		src/Makefile.DGUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
7652		src/Makefile.RISCos =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
7653		src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 =>	src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
7654	OBSOLETED FILES:
7655		cf/cf/cogsci.mc
7656		cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc
7657		cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc
7658		cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
7659		cf/cf/knecht.mc
7660		cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
7661		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
7662		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
7663		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
7664		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
7665		cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
7666		contrib/rcpt-streaming
7667		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
7668
76698.6.13/8.6.12	1996/01/25
7670	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
7671		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
7672		any user (except root).
7673	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
7674		version number is unchanged.
7675
76768.6.12/8.6.12	1995/03/28
7677	Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
7678		too small, so nothing was ever accepted).  Fix from several
7679		people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
7680		Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
7681		Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
7682		each other!).
7683	Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
7684		file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
7685		than fork().
7686
76878.6.11/8.6.11	1995/03/08
7688	The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
7689		than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
7690	The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
7691		message when attempted from IDENT.
7692	In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
7693		reporting the ``possible attack'' message.  This can
7694		cause denial of service attacks.  Truncate the message
7695		to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
7696	When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
7697		read from the network to ensure that you don't get
7698		partial lines.
7699	Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
7700		shell) wouldn't match as "ok".  Problem noted by
7701		Rob McMahon.
7702	When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
7703		_res.options field is initialized differently than it
7704		was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
7705		res_init before it tweaks any bits.
7706	Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
7707		and the stdio mode passed to fdopen.  This caused UnixWare
7708		2.0 to have conniptions.  Fix from Martin Sohnius of
7709		Novell Labs Europe.
7710	Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
7711		using GNU's ld command.  Fix from John Kennedy of
7712		Cal State Chico.
7713	It was possible to turn off privacy flags.  Problem noted by
7714		*Hobbit*.
7715	Be more paranoid about writing files.  Suggestions by *Hobbit*
7716		and Liudvikas Bukys.
7717	MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
7718		from Spider Boardman.
7719	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
7720		with the binaries).
7721
77228.6.10/8.6.10	1995/02/10
7723	SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
7724		could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
7725	Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
7726		Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
7727		bogus information.  Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
7728		of the Free Software Foundation.  Has some security
7729		implications.
7730	Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
7731		the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
7732		because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
7733		In some cases this could cause core dumps.
7734	Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
7735		message is quite long.  From Fletcher Mattox of the
7736		University of Texas.
7737	Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
7738		messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
7739		From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
7740		Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
7741	Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
7742		set and e->e_message was null.  Fix from Bruce Nagel of
7743		Data General.
7744	Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
7745		after "hop count exceeded" messages.  Fix from Andrew
7746		Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
7747	Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
7748		user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
7749		with a lot of arguments).
7750	Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
7751		is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
7752		Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
7753		Michigan.
7754	Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
7755		off.  Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
7756		Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
7757		Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
7758		Thibault.
7759	Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
7760		some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
7761		causing it to do unexpected things.  This also simplifies
7762		some of the map code.
7763	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
7764		with the binaries).
7765
77668.6.9/8.6.9	1994/04/19
7767	Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
7768		This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
7769		may have some security implications.
7770	Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
7771		since that fails on some systems.  Reported by Ed
7772		Hill of the University of Iowa.
7773	Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message).  Reported
7774		by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
7775	Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
7776		is trying to open is optional.  From Win Bent of USC.
7777	Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
7778	Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
7779		Colorado.  Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
7780		option.
7781	Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
7782		is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
7783		sendmail -bs from inetd.  Based on code contributed by
7784		Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
7785		of Dakota State University).  This also fixes a related
7786		problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
7787		Rochester.
7788	Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
7789		variant versions can use them easily.  Suggested by
7790		Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
7791	SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
7792		spaces between parameters instead of one.  Reported by
7793		Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
7794	Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
7795		using global timeouts around the collect() loop.  This
7796		code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
7797	If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
7798		without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
7799		and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
7800		the canonical name.  This should make life easier for
7801		Solaris systems.  If it still can't be resolved, and
7802		if the name server is listed as "required", try again
7803		in 30 seconds.  If that also fails, exit immediately to
7804		avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
7805		messages.
7806	Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
7807		message to explain how much space was available and
7808		sound a bit less threatening.  Suggested by Stan Janet
7809		of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
7810	If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
7811		requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
7812		Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
7813		This prevents a certain class of denial of service
7814		attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
7815		moves things more towards what will probably become a
7816		network standard.  Suggested by Christopher Davis of
7817		Kapor Enterprises.
7818	Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
7819		without recompiling.
7820	Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
7821		if there are errors during parsing.  This change is
7822		purely cosmetic.
7823	Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
7824		SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
7825		confused by this.  Of course, I think it's their bug....
7826	Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
7827		lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
7828		if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
7829		and drops core for debugging.  This is an attempt to
7830		track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
7831		If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
7832		sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
7833	Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
7834		with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line.  From Christophe
7835		Wolfhugel.
7836	Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
7837		SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
7838		the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
7839		This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
7840		refused" response, and that the connection can be
7841		recovered later.  In particular, some socket emulations
7842		seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
7843		size around and can never start listening to connections
7844		again.  The down side is that someone could start up
7845		another daemon process in the interim, so you could
7846		have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
7847		this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
7848		incorrect.  A better approach might be to accept the
7849		connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
7850		other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
7851		implications.
7852	Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
7853		set debugging on the wrong socket.  From Eric Wassenaar.
7854	When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
7855		existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
7856		and the like could result in extra data being sent.
7857	DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
7858		doc directory.  This includes some additional
7859		information.
7860	CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
7861		of recipient envelope addresses.  This should have been
7862		handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
7863		mixing domainized and UUCP addresses.  They should
7864		probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
7865		instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
7866		loop the mail, which was bad news.
7867	Portability fixes:
7868		Newer BSDI systems (several people).
7869		Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
7870		Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
7871		UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
7872		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
7873		Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
7874			Newcastle upon Tyne.
7875		IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
7876			Corporation.
7877		NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
7878		SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
7879			Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
7880		HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
7881	New Files:
7882		src/Makefile.CLIX
7883		src/Makefile.NCR3000
7884		doc/changes/Makefile
7885		doc/changes/changes.me
7886		doc/changes/changes.ps
7887
78888.6.8/8.6.6	1994/03/21
7889	SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
7890		E (error message) option.  Reported by Richard Jones;
7891		fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
7892
78938.6.7/8.6.6	1994/03/14
7894	SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
7895		values to the -d flag.  Thanks to Alain Durand of
7896		INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
7897		list.
7898
78998.6.6/8.6.6	1994/03/13
7900	SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
7901		systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
7902		of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
7903		Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
7904		valid shell.
7905	IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
7906		in the connection cache for a long time under some
7907		circumstances.  This could result in resource exhaustion,
7908		both at your end and at the other end.  This checks the
7909		connections for timeouts much more frequently.  From
7910		Doug Anderson of NCSC.
7911	Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
7912		the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
7913		from a local user to another local user.  From
7914		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7915	Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
7916		for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/".  From
7917		Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7918	Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
7919		instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
7920		tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
7921		SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
7922		for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
7923		syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
7924		and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
7925		statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
7926		<sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
7927	Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
7928		there was no "/locations/sendmail" property.  From
7929		David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
7930	Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
7931		to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
7932		BSD-like system.
7933	Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
7934		protocol entirely.
7935	Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
7936		mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
7937		7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
7938		that it supports 8BITMIME.  You still have to specify
7939		mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
7940	Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
7941	Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
7942		to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
7943		files.
7944	Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
7945		file if it was on a read-only file system.  From
7946		Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
7947	Improve MX randomization function.  From John Gardiner Myers
7948		of CMU.
7949	Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
7950		%s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
7951		when a bad queue file was read.  From Harry Edmon.
7952	Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail.  I'm not
7953		sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
7954		about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
7955		"localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
7956	Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
7957		headers.  This causes a leading space to be added onto
7958		continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
7959		tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
7960		etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths.  Problem
7961		Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
7962	Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
7963		security implications.  Suggested by several people.
7964	Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
7965		log the numeric address as zero.  This is a somewhat
7966		bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
7967		call, but it should be an inexpensive one.  Fix from
7968		Motonori Nakamura.
7969	Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
7970		were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
7971		to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
7972	Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
7973		per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
7974		descriptors.  This was in response to a problem reported
7975		by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
7976	Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
7977		this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
7978		is not lost.  From Eric Wassenaar.
7979	Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
7980		has a naked $ at the end.  Problem noted by James Matheson
7981		<jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
7982	Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
7983		action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
7984		501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
7985		avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
7986	Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
7987		lookup.  This prevents it from ending up with two dots
7988		on the end of dot terminated names.  From Wesley Craig
7989		of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7990	Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
7991		more informative.  It hadn't been using setclass, so you
7992		didn't see the class items being added.
7993	Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
7994		NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
7995		NIS is not running.  Fix from John Oleynick of
7996		Rutgers.
7997	Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
7998		but sets h_errno to a success value.
7999	Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
8000		enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
8001		address specified in the P option).  This fix should
8002		help problems that cause the df file to be left around
8003		sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
8004		the problem myself.
8005	Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
8006		only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
8007		and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
8008		Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
8009	Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
8010		SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
8011		after 25 bad commands are issued.  From Kyle Jones of
8012		UUNET.
8013	Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
8014		fmtmsg overflows the message buffer.  Fixed by trimming
8015		the to address to 203 characters.  Problem reported by
8016		John Oleynick.
8017	Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
8018		a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef.  Pointed out by
8019		George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
8020	Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
8021		lists to be incorrect in some places.  From Motonori
8022		Nakamura.
8023	Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
8024		envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
8025		name server failure.  Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
8026		University of Washington.
8027	Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
8028		don't have an ``=value'' part.
8029	CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
8030		re-queued the message.  Changed to just re-queue the
8031		message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
8032		of the weird way the name server works in the presence
8033		of CNAME loops).  Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
8034		of Cambridge University.
8035	Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
8036		if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
8037		user name.  Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
8038	Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
8039		override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
8040		turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
8041	If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
8042		try it without the trailing dot.  This is because if
8043		you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
8044		to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
8045		perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
8046		be dot terminated in the hosts file.  You don't want to
8047		strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
8048		that country names that match one of your subdomains get
8049		a chance.
8050	PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
8051		From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
8052	CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
8053		This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
8054		address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
8055		IP address), but the code was broken.  However, it will
8056		still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
8057		get client configurations to work (sigh).  Note that this
8058		means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
8059		database!  Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
8060	CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location.  From
8061		Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
8062	CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
8063	CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
8064		and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
8065		size for various mailers.
8066	CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
8067		instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
8068		with other mailers.  From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
8069	CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
8070		qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
8071		instead of user@$j.  From Bill Wisner of The Well.
8072	CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
8073	CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
8074		mailer for IRIX.  This was different than most every other
8075		system.
8076	CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
8077		envelope.  Noted by Thierry Besancon
8078		<besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
8079	CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
8080		don't want it set by default.  Pointed out by Philippe
8081		Michel of Thomson CSF.
8082	CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
8083		host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
8084		".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
8085		instead of "foo.bar".  Also, allow "." in the mailertable
8086		to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
8087		This also moves matching of explicit local host names
8088		before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
8089		cased in the mailertable data.  Reported by Bill
8090		Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
8091		problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
8092		University of Sydney.
8093	CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
8094		locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
8095		This is because of the known bug where definition of
8096		both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
8097		both and deliver into the local mailbox.
8098	CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
8099		are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
8100		reported as ineffective before.  This also frees up
8101		diversion 8 for future use.  Problem reported by Kimmo
8102		Suominen.
8103	CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
8104		into host names.  As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
8105		these are often used because either the forward or reverse
8106		mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
8107	DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide.  From Kimmo
8108		Suominen.
8109	Portability fixes:
8110		Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
8111		DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
8112		GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
8113		Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
8114		NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
8115		BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8116		Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
8117		DGUX from Doug Anderson.
8118		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
8119	NEW FILES:
8120		src/Makefile.DomainOS
8121		src/Makefile.PTX
8122		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
8123		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
8124		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
8125		src/mailq.1
8126		cf/ostype/domainos.m4
8127		doc/op/Makefile
8128		doc/intro/Makefile
8129		doc/usenix/Makefile
8130
81318.6.5/8.6.5	1994/01/13
8132	Security fix:  /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
8133		to allow root to own any file was backwards).  From
8134		Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
8135	Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
8136		were invoked.  This caused programs to have group
8137		permissions they should not have had (usually group
8138		daemon instead of their own group).  In particular,
8139		Perl scripts would refuse to run.
8140	Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
8141		symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
8142		Although this does not respond to a specific known
8143		attack, it's just a good idea.  Suggested by
8144		Christian Wettergren.
8145	Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
8146		a system with a restricted shell listed in their
8147		/etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
8148		program by putting that in their .forward file.
8149		This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
8150		appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
8151		execute a program or write a file.  You can disable
8152		this by putting "*" in /etc/shells.  It also won't
8153		permit world-writable :include: files to reference
8154		programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
8155		These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
8156		example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
8157		file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
8158		the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
8159	Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
8160		looking into subdirectories.  This would potentially
8161		allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
8162		readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
8163	Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
8164		connection to create problems on the current job.
8165		These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
8166		the wrong place.
8167	Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
8168		runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
8169		problem that ignored the load average in locally
8170		generated mail.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8171	Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS.  From
8172		John Orthoefer of BB&N.
8173	Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
8174		too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
8175		NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
8176	Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
8177		when sending error messages.  This resulted in
8178		"unexpected close" messages.  It should fix itself
8179		on the following queue run.  Problem noted by
8180		Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
8181	Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
8182		This seems odd, but it was documented....  From
8183		Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
8184	Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
8185		forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
8186		(actually DefUid).  From Tim Irvin.
8187	Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
8188		of the Chalmers University of Technology.
8189	Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
8190		code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
8191		even though there was a real problem.  Now it assumes
8192		EX_UNAVAILABLE.
8193	Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
8194		no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
8195		"." to be discarded.  Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
8196	Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
8197		to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
8198		a core dump.  From der Mouse at McGill University.
8199	Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
8200		this makes it easier to turn it off (using
8201		-DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile).  From der Mouse.
8202	Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
8203		gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
8204		to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
8205		SunOS.  If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
8206		transfers to slave servers.  Bug noted by Keith
8207		McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
8208	Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
8209		(> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
8210		to be trashed.  Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
8211		Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
8212	Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
8213		defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
8214		file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
8215		dot convention.
8216	Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
8217		of from a clean exit.
8218	If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
8219		"host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
8220		might still be found in /etc/hosts.
8221	Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
8222		as the subject of an error message, even though the
8223		actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
8224		Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
8225	Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking.  From Kyle
8226		Jones of UUNET.
8227	Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
8228		versions of syslog(3).  This adds a new compile time
8229		variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE.  From Jay Plett of Princeton
8230		University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
8231	Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
8232		it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
8233		says that they should be ignored.
8234	Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
8235		debugging).  This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
8236		(with the null input), and logs the result.  This
8237		should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
8238		is not reentrant.
8239	Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
8240		documented in the Bat Book.
8241	If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
8242		return an error message and did not requeue the message.
8243		Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
8244		Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
8245	Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
8246		code during some parts of connection initialization.
8247		I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
8248		the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
8249		any case.  From Amir Plivatsky.
8250	Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
8251		Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8252	Full-Name: field was being ignored.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura
8253		of Kyoto University.
8254	Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
8255		From P{r Emanuelsson.
8256	Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
8257		Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
8258	Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls.  Suggested by
8259		Bryan Costales.
8260	Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
8261		needed for parsing.  Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
8262	Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
8263		(e.g., if all RCPTs failed).  Suggested by Motonori
8264		Nakamura.
8265	Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
8266		address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
8267		illegal addresses appearing there).
8268	Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
8269		BB&N.
8270	Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
8271		included.
8272	Remember to set $i during queue runs.  Reported by Stephen
8273		Campbell of Dartmouth University.
8274	If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
8275		canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
8276		translations so that headers are properly mapped.  Reported
8277		by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
8278	Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
8279		using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
8280	Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
8281		by the other end closing the connection.  From
8282		Dave Morrison of Oracle.
8283	Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
8284		to include a host name or other useful information.
8285	Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems.  From Vince
8286		DeMarco.
8287	Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
8288		NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
8289		forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
8290		the message for retry.  Noted by William C Fenner of
8291		the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
8292	Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
8293		had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
8294	Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
8295		them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
8296		this properly).
8297	Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
8298		``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
8299		null macro.  Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
8300	Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
8301		not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
8302		to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
8303		it was not.  The effect of the problem was to make it
8304		very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
8305		local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
8306		corporate hub.  Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
8307		University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
8308	Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
8309		addresses.  This is more efficient (fewer name server
8310		calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
8311		as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
8312		non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
8313		something else.  Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
8314		of the Institute for Global Communications.
8315	Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
8316		new arguments.  For example, if you used ``sendmail
8317		-C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
8318		the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
8319	Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
8320		mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
8321	Portability fixes for:
8322		SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
8323		SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
8324		System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
8325		OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
8326		DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
8327			of Stoner Associates.
8328		Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
8329		Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
8330			of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
8331			of Maryland.
8332		FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
8333		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
8334		TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
8335		Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
8336		Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
8337		RISC/os.
8338		Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
8339			at Chico.
8340		Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
8341		NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
8342		HP-UX from various people.  NOTA BENE:  the location
8343			of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
8344			to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
8345	CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
8346		since this is intended only for internal use, the
8347		usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed.  The
8348		main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
8349		addresses when relaying internally.
8350	CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
8351		syntax addresses delivered via UUCP.  Solution
8352		provided by Peter Wemm.
8353	CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
8354		zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses.  From
8355		Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
8356	CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
8357		from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
8358	CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
8359		this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
8360		that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
8361		names.
8362	CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
8363		rather than letting them get "local configuration
8364		error"s.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
8365	CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
8366		by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
8367		has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax.  This
8368		also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
8369		"uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
8370	CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
8371		<kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
8372	CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
8373	CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
8374		``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
8375		was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
8376		added to the address.  Problem noted by Peter Wan
8377		of Georgia Tech.
8378	CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w.  From
8379		Jim Murray of Stratus.
8380	CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
8381		mailer flag.  Briefly, if you are sending to host
8382		"foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
8383		"foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
8384		the local name prepended.
8385	CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
8386	DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
8387	MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
8388		which lack newline.  From Mark Delany.
8389	MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
8390		in and out of the system).  From Tom Ferrin of UC
8391		San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
8392	SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
8393		On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
8394			/usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
8395		Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
8396			:include: files and accounts that have shells
8397			that are not listed in /etc/shells.  This may
8398			cause some .forward files that have worked
8399			before to start failing.
8400		SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
8401	NEW FILES:
8402		src/Makefile.DGUX
8403		src/Makefile.Dynix
8404		src/Makefile.FreeBSD
8405		src/Makefile.Mach386
8406		src/Makefile.NetBSD
8407		src/Makefile.RISCos
8408		src/Makefile.SCO
8409		src/Makefile.SVR4
8410		src/Makefile.Titan
8411		cf/mailer/pop.m4
8412		cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
8413		cf/ostype/dgux.m4
8414		cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
8415		cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4
8416		makemap/Makefile.dist
8417		praliases/Makefile.dist
8418
84198.6.4/8.6.4	1993/10/31
8420	Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
8421		if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
8422		savemail.  Problem reported by Richard Liu.
8423	Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP.  This
8424		makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
8425		class of attack.
8426	Reliability Fix:  check return value from fclose() and fsync()
8427		in a few critical places.
8428	Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
8429		redirecting the output channel on queue runs.  It's
8430		not clear this code even does anything.  From Eric
8431		Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
8432		and High-Energy Physics.
8433	Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
8434		such as double-reading the Errors-To: header.  From
8435		Eric Wassenaar.
8436	Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
8437		data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
8438		fix causes them to be properly reported.  From Eric
8439		Wassenaar.
8440	Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
8441		really become relevant in the next release, but some
8442		people need it for local patches.  From Michael
8443		Corrigan of UC San Diego.
8444	Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
8445		for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
8446		these can have different values depending on which
8447		envelope they are in.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8448	Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
8449		what uid/gid processes ran as.
8450	Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
8451		the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
8452		this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
8453		postmaster" case.
8454	Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
8455	Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
8456		file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
8457	CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
8458		addresses (so that it matches local again).  From
8459		Christopher Davis.
8460	CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
8461		this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
8462		``From   Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''.  From Motonori
8463		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
8464	CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly.  This isn't legal, but
8465		it shouldn't fail miserably.  From Motonori Nakamura.
8466
84678.6.2/8.6.2	1993/10/15
8468	Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
8469		addresses that get return-receipts.
8470	Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
8471		messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
8472		and end up sending the message several times.
8473	Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
8474		message.  Currently, it just says "cannot send for
8475		four hours".
8476	Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
8477		returntosender messages.  It was previously listed as
8478		the current time.  Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
8479		Cornell University Medical College.
8480	If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
8481		don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
8482		in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
8483		hang up under some bizarre circumstances.  From Eric
8484		Wassenaar.
8485	Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
8486		connections fail during message collection.  From
8487		Eric Wassenaar.
8488	Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
8489		name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
8490		the DATA command.  Problem reported by Jim Murray of
8491		Stratus.
8492	Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
8493		incorrectly resolves to a null hostname.  Reported by
8494		Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8495	Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
8496		by non-root users were not put into
8497		X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
8498		config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet.  Fix
8499		from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
8500	Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
8501		could get confused as to whether a database was
8502		open or not.
8503	Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
8504		intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
8505		configuration syntax.  (This is a "new feature",
8506		but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
8507		that this is a highly exceptional case.)
8508	Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
8509		SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
8510		(from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
8511	CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
8512
85138.6.1/8.6	1993/10/08
8514	Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
8515	Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
8516		causing an error during parsing, that message was never
8517		propagated to the queue file.
8518
85198.6/8.6		1993/10/05
8520	Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
8521		conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
8522	If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
8523		getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
8524		large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
8525		header files but don't have the syscall.
8526	Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
8527		if trymx == FALSE.
8528	Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
8529		delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
8530		in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
8531		line).  Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
8532	Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
8533		is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
8534	Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
8535		Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
8536		(from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
8537		NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
8538		Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
8539		Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
8540		Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
8541	Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs.  From Takahiro
8542		Kanbe.
8543	Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
8544		name already exists.  Problem stumbled over by Bill
8545		Wisner of The Well.
8546	Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
8547		Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
8548	Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
8549		:include: files.  This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
8550		slightly more.  This includes proper setting of groups
8551		when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
8552		files that you should be able to read but have previously
8553		been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
8554		read permission.
8555	Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
8556		if the user is forced to override some silly system,
8557		MX suppression will still work.
8558	Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
8559		calling expensive routines.  In at least one case, it
8560		wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
8561		same result.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
8562	Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
8563		condition from a non-SMTP mailer.  From Motonori
8564		Nakamura.
8565	Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
8566		"CX $Z" works.
8567	Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
8568		trying to send the original message if the connection
8569		is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
8570		on an RCPT command (pretty obscure).  Problem reported
8571		by John Myers of CMU.
8572	Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
8573		term bug.
8574	Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
8575		cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
8576		it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
8577		only on some architectures.  Although sendmail would
8578		keep trying, it would send error messages on each
8579		queue interval.  This is an important fix.
8580	Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
8581	Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
8582		ruleset testing a bit easier.
8583	Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
8584		line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
8585		level.
8586	Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
8587		the command line.  This is only done if there is exactly
8588		one recipient.  Technically, this does not meet the
8589		specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
8590		address.
8591	Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
8592		you used the -t flag.  Problem noted by Josh Smith of
8593		Harvey Mudd College.
8594	Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
8595		``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''.  This is to
8596		avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
8597		their full name information.
8598	Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
8599		an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
8600		defined in the config file H lines.  From J.R. Oldroyd.
8601	Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
8602		wrong when compiling.  Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
8603	Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
8604		df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
8605		give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
8606		Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8607	Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
8608		protocol timeouts (30s default).  Requested by Murray
8609		Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
8610		PC TCP/IP implementations.
8611	Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
8612		the domain name on config level 5.  The $j macro defaults
8613		to the FQDN; $m remains as before.  This lets well-behaved
8614		config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
8615		names.
8616	Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
8617		builds.  I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
8618		helpful.
8619	Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
8620		get a queue file for an already completed job.  This
8621		problem has existed for years.  Problem noted by the
8622		long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8623	Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
8624		udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
8625		it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
8626	Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
8627		that claims to be itself works properly.
8628	Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
8629		buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
8630		it right.  Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
8631		recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
8632	Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
8633		resolve /file/name style addresses.  Fix from Jonathan
8634		Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
8635	Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
8636		be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
8637		queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
8638		would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
8639		scratch.
8640	Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
8641		true address to still send to the original address
8642		if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
8643		ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
8644		Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
8645	Remove support for frozen configuration files.  They caused
8646		more trouble than it was worth.
8647	Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
8648		using both -odb and -t flags.  Problem noted by Rob
8649		McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
8650	Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w.  For example,
8651		if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
8652		contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
8653	Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
8654		the queue.
8655	Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
8656		messages don't come out with stale information.
8657	Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
8658		will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
8659	Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
8660		for MAXIPADDR in conf.h.  Suggested by John Gardiner
8661		Myers of CMU.
8662	Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
8663		an SMTP RSET command.  Problem and fix from Michael
8664		Corrigan.
8665	Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
8666		negative.  Error reports still go to the envelope
8667		sender address.
8668	Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
8669	Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
8670	Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
8671		set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
8672		run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
8673		(although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
8674		so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
8675		that does bulk data transfer).
8676	Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups.  Problem reported by
8677		Amir Plivatsky.
8678	Diagnose crufty S and V config lines.  This resulted from an
8679		observation that some people were using the SITE macro
8680		without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
8681		bogus config files that were not caught.
8682	Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
8683		on instead).  THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
8684	Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
8685		you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
8686		locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
8687	Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
8688		:include:s don't use the wrong uid.
8689	If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
8690		called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
8691		This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
8692		alias file.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
8693	Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
8694		if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
8695	Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
8696		opened or if running with no database format defined.
8697	Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
8698		is set.  Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
8699	Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
8700		mailers) to be ignored in SMTP.  Problem noted and the
8701		solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
8702		Melbourne.
8703	Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
8704		hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
8705		returns the real name.  This allows mailertable entries
8706		to match regular entries.
8707	Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
8708		feature, even if it doesn't work right.
8709	Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
8710		This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
8711	Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
8712		for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
8713		Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
8714	Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
8715		error message so that the "subject" line of return
8716		messages is the best possible.
8717	CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
8718		parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
8719		define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
8720	CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
8721		connections (domain-ized UUCP).
8722	CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
8723		name).  Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
8724	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
8725		DNS.  This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
8726	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
8727	CONFIG: log $u in Received: line.  This is in technical violation
8728		of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
8729		on the address.
8730	CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
8731		if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
8732		the "m" flag should you want it.  Apparently some Solaris 2.2
8733		installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
8734		Problem noted by Josh Smith.
8735	CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
8736	CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
8737	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
8738		forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
8739		addresses in any detail.
8740	CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
8741		used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
8742	CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
8743		with an address such as "!foo".
8744	CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
8745		the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken.  There's a better
8746		way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
8747		want to hold it for another release.  Problem noted by
8748		Bret Marquis.
8749
87508.5/8.5		1993/07/23
8751	Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
8752		sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
8753		everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
8754		would do the return itself).  Problem noted by Josh Smith.
8755	Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
8756		even during a T_ANY query.  This actually didn't break
8757		anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
8758		with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
8759		records, but it is somewhat cleaner.  From Motonori
8760		Nakamura.
8761	Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
8762		are no DNS records matching the name.
8763	Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
8764		original message was received ... from localhost".
8765		The correct original host information is now included.
8766	Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
8767		version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag).  Change it
8768		to use -f instead.  From John Myers.
8769	CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
8770		esmtp -- it should be smtp.
8771	CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
8772		to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
8773		else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
8774		this cleans up the configs somewhat.  This fixes a serious
8775		problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
8776		pointed out by John Myers.  WARNING: this also causes
8777		the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
8778		"relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
8779
87808.4/8.4		1993/07/22
8781	Add option `w'.  If you receive a message that comes to you because
8782		you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
8783		you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
8784		your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
8785		host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all).  If
8786		`w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
8787		Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
8788		"message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
8789		are really configuration errors.  This option is
8790		disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
8791		UIUC sendmail.
8792	Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
8793		when sendmail forks after the DATA command.  This caused
8794		calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
8795		entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
8796		potentially prodigious amount of time.  Problem noted
8797		by Neil Rickert.
8798	Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
8799		addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
8800		suppress the sending of the message.  This changes
8801		handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
8802		EF_GLOBALERRS flag.  This also fixes a potential problem
8803		with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
8804		in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
8805		in processing.  Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
8806		of Harvey Mudd College.  This release includes quite a bit
8807		of dickering with error handling (see below).
8808	Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error.  This
8809		will only hurt already-broken software and should help
8810		humans.
8811	Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
8812		compiled in.  It would never read the alias file.
8813	Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
8814		repaired).
8815	Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
8816		log this even when the queue file still existed.  Change
8817		this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
8818		queue file is actually removed.  From John Myers.
8819	Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
8820		is no pending transaction.  Some senders just close the
8821		connection rather than sending QUIT.
8822	Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
8823		domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
8824		the subsequent host name lookup to fail.  The problem
8825		only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
8826		Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
8827	Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
8828		unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
8829		core dumps on some machines.
8830	Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
8831		Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
8832		then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
8833		(confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
8834		returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
8835		whether you were running VERBose mode.  Now it usually
8836		diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
8837		Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
8838		some true error conditions.
8839	Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
8840		These are not reported only to Postmaster.  Unbalanced
8841		parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
8842		They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
8843	Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
8844		failed and the alias they arose from.  This makes it
8845		somewhat easier to diagnose problems.  Difficulty noted
8846		by Motonori Nakamura.
8847	Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
8848		that shouldn't have had one during a queue run.  This
8849		caused error messages to be handled differently during
8850		a queue run than a direct run.
8851	Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
8852		the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
8853		just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
8854	Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
8855		auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
8856		Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
8857		daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
8858		restart it.
8859	Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
8860		IDENT daemon to screw up.  This required that I change
8861		HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
8862		changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
8863		to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
8864		as well as the effective.  The program test/t_setreuid.c
8865		will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
8866		is appropriately functional.
8867	The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
8868		fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
8869		but it wasn't being enabled.  Problem noted by Murray
8870		Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
8871	Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
8872		code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
8873		with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
8874		confusing.  Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
8875		Technologies.
8876	Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
8877		process group id.  The original fix was to get around
8878		some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
8879		any call from a shell that creates a process group id
8880		different from the process id.  I could try to fix
8881		this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
8882		equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
8883		things.
8884	Portability changes:
8885		Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
8886			DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
8887			instead of using standard flags.  Oh joy.  This
8888			behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
8889			of Colorado.
8890		SGI IRIX  -- this includes several changes that should
8891			help other strict ANSI compilers.
8892		SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
8893			Corporation.
8894		Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
8895			documentation apparently doesn't define
8896			__STDC__ by default).
8897		ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
8898		Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
8899			Motonori Nakamura.
8900	CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
8901	CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
8902		several people have made a good argument that this
8903		creates more problems than it solves (although this
8904		may prove painful in the short run).
8905	CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
8906		format.
8907	CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
8908		98 (8 on old sendmail).  Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
8909		addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
8910	CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
8911		internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
8912		ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
8913		the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
8914		These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
8915	CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
8916		ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
8917		ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_').  Problem found by Rein Tollevik
8918		of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
8919	CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
8920		early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
8921		things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
8922		Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
8923	CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
8924		esmtp) to send SMTP mail.  This allows you to default
8925		to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
8926		deal with broken servers.  This logic was pointed out
8927		to me by Bill Wisner.  Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
8928	Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
8929		environments.  Ugly as sin.
8930
89318.3/8.3		1993/07/13
8932	Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
8933		like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
8934		or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied".  This
8935		involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
8936		the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
8937		that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
8938		some systems badly.  This includes some fixes for
8939		HP-UX.  Also fixes problems where the real uid is
8940		not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
8941	Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
8942		addresses that timed out.  Error messages are also more
8943		"user friendly".
8944	Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
8945		16 bytes/sec.
8946	Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
8947		compatibility library.  This also adds a new
8948		"HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
8949		you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
8950		These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
8951		University of Oregon.  This now seems to work, at least
8952		for quick test cases.
8953	Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
8954		sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
8955		and at least one of those addresses is good and points
8956		to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
8957	Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
8958		returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
8959		the "to" address).  Problem noted by John Myers.
8960	Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
8961		on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case.  This
8962		isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
8963		From Michael Corrigan.
8964	CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
8965		messages sent through UUCP-family mailers.  Suggested
8966		by Bill Wisner of The Well.
8967	CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
8968		include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
8969		addressing.  Suggested by Bill Wisner.
8970	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
8971		LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS.  Suggested by
8972		Christophe Wolfhugel.
8973	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3).  From Christophe Wolfhugel.
8974
89758.2/8.2		1993/07/11
8976	Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
8977	On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
8978		header) for back compatibility.  NOTE:  this DOES NOT
8979		imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
8980	Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1.  Why, why, why???
8981	Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
8982		SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
8983		logging it in the transcript can be confusing.  Fix
8984		from Bill Wisner.
8985	IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
8986		<drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
8987	Solaris 2 compatibility changes.  Provided by Bob Cunningham
8988		<bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
8989		<juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
8990	Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
8991		move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
8992		match the other flags in that file.
8993	Flush transcript before fork in mailfile().  From Eric Wassenaar.
8994	Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
8995		Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
8996	Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
8997		failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
8998		reference in very weird cases.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8999	Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
9000		forks.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9001	Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
9002		Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
9003		re-using old value).  From Motonori Nakamura.
9004	Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
9005		was specified, it would still replace the key with the
9006		value.  Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
9007	If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
9008		message would ever be sent back.  The timeout code
9009		has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
9010		so that all such failures should be diagnosed.  Pointed
9011		out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
9012	Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
9013		forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
9014		user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
9015		when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
9016		have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
9017		the root and directories leading up to your home);
9018		include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
9019		be owned by you.
9020	If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
9021		reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
9022		on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
9023		the user's home directory isn't x'able.
9024	Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
9025	Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
9026	Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
9027		get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second.  Note that
9028		this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
9029		is separate; this is just intended to work around
9030		network clogs that will occur before the final dot
9031		is sent.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9032	Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
9033		it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
9034		matching without a null it never tries again with a
9035		null and vice versa.  If -N is specified, it never
9036		tries without the null and creates new maps with a
9037		null byte.  If -O is specified, it never tries with
9038		the null (for efficiency).  If -N and -O are specified,
9039		you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
9040		be a bad idea.  If you don't specify either -N or -O,
9041		it adapts.
9042	Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
9043		will insert the appropriate full name information;
9044		this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
9045		way.
9046	Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
9047		log.  For example, if you lost a connection, don't
9048		bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
9049	Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
9050		why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
9051		one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
9052		only happen when there has been another error in the
9053		same transaction.  This requires XDEBUG, defined
9054		by default in conf.h.
9055	Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
9056		all SMTP transactions.  This is intended ONLY for
9057		debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
9058		it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
9059		and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
9060		This output is not intended to be particularly human
9061		readable.  This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
9062		flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
9063	CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer.  If you
9064		have a local net that should get direct connects, you
9065		will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
9066		See cf/README for an example.
9067	CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
9068		sites that don't use the -d flag.
9069	CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
9070		behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
9071		has been requested by several people, but can break
9072		local aliases.  For example, if you mail to "localalias"
9073		this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
9074		although initial delivery will work, replies will be
9075		broken.  Use it sparingly.
9076	CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable).  This maps unqualified domains
9077		to qualified domains in headers.  I believe this is
9078		largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
9079	CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k.  This permits you
9080		to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
9081		in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names.  From
9082		Bill Wisner of The Well.
9083	CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
9084		first.  This is currently unused in the config files,
9085		but could be used in a mailertable entry.
9086
90878.1C/8.1B	1993/06/27
9088	Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
9089		the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
9090	If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
9091		immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
9092		This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
9093	CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
9094
90958.1B/8.1A	1993/06/12
9096	Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
9097		two tokens in classes instead of one.  Found by Claus
9098		Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
9099
91008.1A/8.1A	1993/06/08
9101	Another mailertable fix....
9102
91038.1/8.1		1993/06/07
9104	4.4BSD freeze.  No semantic changes.
9105